Home

User Manual go2MONITOR 1.2 - hik

1. Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 300 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 200 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 500 Max burst length s 10 000 Min pause length s 0 180 VER file name packet 300 4800 ver Table 178 Packet 300 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 179 Packet 300 Features PACTOR General Information Pactor I mode is a proprietary standard developed by SCS GmbH amp Co KG Hanau Germany Usage Data communication over HF In successive standards Pactor Il and Pactor lll the mode Pactor is used during the call set up Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 200 Bandwidth Hz 300 Symbol rate Bd 100 200 Coding Huffman code Table 180 PACTOR Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 165 D go2 MONITOR 15 07 20 500 15 07 21 000 15 07 21 500 15 07 22 000 15 07 22 500 dBFS D 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 l D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 130 PACTOR I Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 2
2. AKInstallerMSI Figure 14 Progress of g2MONITOR Installation User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Setup e 11 D go2 MONITOR After successful installation the setup assistant displays the following message d i go2MONTTOR Setup oa Go2MONITOR Setup Assistant complete Kc go2SIGNALS Click Finish to dose Setup Assistant Finish Figure 15 Successful Installation of the Application go2MONITOR Click on lt Finish gt to exit the setup Connecting the Dongle Once the installation is finished connect the dongle you received to an USB port In case the dongle has already been connected remove it from the port and reconnect You can run the application go2MONITOR only with a connected dongle License The dongle is part of the software s copy protection Through the combination of an USB dongle and a li cense file the application can be installed on more than one PC but can at a given time run only on the PC to which the dongle is connected A key is coded into the Wibu dongle The license file with the extension maw holds information about the functionality which is available due to the license paid It has to be installed on each PC on which the ap plication is supposed to run At run time the application compares the information coded into the license file with the dongle and unblocks the selected software if they are consistent The license file default maw is located in the g
3. Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Multitone MFSK Tone duration ms 32 TD tolerance ms 4 No of tones 32 Tone position type Equidistant frequencies Tone distance Hz 31 25 VER file name olivia 1000 32 ver Table 175 Olivia Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 163 go2MONITOR Feature Status Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 176 Olivia Features Packet 300 General Information Packet radio is a complex data transmission system used by radio amateurs Packet radio networks use the AX 25 data link layer protocol derived from the X 25 protocol suite and designed for amateur radio use Usage Data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 200 Bandwidth Hz 500 Symbol rate Bd 500 Coding NRZ Table 177 Packet 300 Characteristics 15 06 28 000 15 06 28 500 15 06 29 000 15 06 29 500 15 06 30 000 pts o 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 129 Packet 300 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings 164 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default
4. Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 300 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 180 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 080 152 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Max burst length s 2 000 Min pause length s 0 080 VER file name g tor_300bd_180hz ver Table 151 G TOR Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 152 G TOR Features HFDL General Information The High Frequency Data Link HFDL ARINC Report 635 3 is used in civil long distance aircraft commu nications between aircrafts and a cluster of ground stations Usage Aeronautical information exchange over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation PSK2 4 8 Bandwidth Hz 400 Symbol rate Bd 1800 Error correction ARQ Data rate bps 300 600 1200 1800 Table 153 HFDL Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 153 D go2MONITOR 15 05 48 000 15 05 48 500 15 05 49 000 15 05 49 500 15 05 50 000 dBFS 0 50 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 D 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz
5. Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 188 PACTOR II Features PACTOR II FEC General Information Pactor Il FEC mode is a proprietary standard developed by SCS GmbH amp Co KG Hanau Germany It is an advancement of the Pactor I FEC mode User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 169 D go2 MONITOR Usage Broadcast data transmissions plain text and encrypted over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation DQPSK Number of channels 2 Channel spacing Hz 200 Bandwidth Hz 450 Symbol rate Bd 200 Coding Convolutional FEC code Viterbi code Table 189 PACTOR II FEC Characteristics 15 06 24 000 15 06 24 500 15 06 25 000 15 06 25 500 15 06 26 000 H dBFS 0 50 100 e Wi 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 133 PACTOR II FEC Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Pactor II VER file name pactor_ii_fec ver Table 190 PACTOR II FEC Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes 170 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2MONITOR Feature Status Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems mod
6. Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 200 250 500 Bandwidth Hz 300 550 Symbol rate Baud 50 Encryption Table 97 CIS 36 50 Characteristics 126 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR 15 05 04 500 15 05 05 000 15 05 05 500 15 05 06 000 15 05 06 500 dBFS o 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 102 CIS 36 50 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 50 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 250 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name cis 36_50_50bd_250hz ver Table 98 CIS 36 50 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding raw output yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 99 CIS 36 50 Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 127 go2MONITOR CIS 405 3915 General Information CIS 405 3915 is a synchronous teleprinter system in a CIS 8181 variant but uses the half baud rate This system is used by the Soviet military and railways authorities for point to point connections Despite its simplicity this modem is still in operation today Traffic is always encrypted Sometimes operator chat or station id in Morse telegraphy
7. dBFS 0 50 100 m 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 117 FSK 400 500 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Multitone MFSK Tuning Tone duration ms 10 TD tolerance ms 0 5 No of tones 4 Tone position type Equidistant frequencies Tone distance Hz 500 Min burst length s 2 500 Max burst length s 3 200 Min pause length s 1 000 VER file name fsk_400_500 ver Table 142 FSK 400 500 Demodulator Settings The tuning frequency is the center of the signal 148 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2 MONITOR Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding no Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 143 FSK 400 500 Features Globe Wireless FSK General Information Globe Wireless FSK is one of several radio modems used by the Globe Wireless company in the HF frequency band Usage Transfer of selcall and status messages over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 200 Bandwidth Hz 300 Symbol rate Bd 100 Error correction Parity checksum Table 144 Globe Wireless FSK Characteristics 15 06 21 000 15 06 21 500 15 06 22 000
8. Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 275 Euro Features FLEX General Information FLEX is a high speed pager protocol developed by Motorola Two Messaging Systems are currently de fined the FLEX one way data messaging protocol and the ReFLEX two way data messaging protocol Usage Broadcast paging on VHF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FFSK 2 FFSK 4 Symbol rate Bd 1600 3200 Data rate bps 1600 3200 6400 Coding BCH 31 21 Alphabet ITA 5 Table 276 FLEX Characteristics 210 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR 15 07 34 500 15 07 35 000 15 07 35 500 15 07 36 000 4 m gt 0 0000000 dBFS 12000 10000 8000 6000 4000 2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 Hz Figure 162 FLEX Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 1600 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 9600 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name flex_1600bd_fsk2 Table 277 FLEX Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the lowest tone Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding FFSK 2 yes FFSK 4 no Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 2
9. Frequency Enter a value into the from and to field range Current frequency Only frequencies from the selected receiver bandwidth are selected range VLF 3 30 kHz Frequencies in the VLF range from 3 kHz to 30 kHz are selected LF 30 300 kHz Frequencies in the LF range from 30 kHz to 300 kHz are selected MF 300 3000 kHz Frequencies in the LF range from 300 kHz to 3000 kHz are selected HF 3 30 kHz Frequencies in the HF range from 3 MHz to 30 MHz are selected VHF 30 300 MHz Frequencies in the VHF range from 30 MHz to 300 MHz are selected UHF 300 3000 MHz Frequencies in the UHF range from 300 MHz to 3000 MHz are selected Modulation The field Modulation provides a selection of all used modulations in the database By choosing a modulation only the selected one will be dis played in the list Protocol The field Protocol provides a selection of all used protocols in the data base By choosing a protocol only the selected one will be displayed in the list Station In the field Station a station name or parts of a name can be entered All datasets in the column Station containing this name or the part of the name will be shown in the list Table 9 Sort Search Functions Station List Apply will add a filter to the table according to information in the search fields It must be pressed to up date the output Reset will delete all search fields Edit Stations Each record can be edited if new information is available E
10. Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 16 Tone spacing Hz 15 625 Bandwidth Hz 330 Symbol rate Bd 15 625 Error correction FEC Table 168 MFSK16 Characteristics 15 06 18 500 15 06 19 000 15 06 19 500 15 06 20 000 15 06 20 500 dBF5 0 50 100 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Hz Figure 126 MFSK16 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings 160 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Demodulator Multitone MFSK Tone duration ms 64 TD tolerance ms 0 3 No of tones 16 Tone position type Equidistant frequencies Tone distance Hz 15 625 VER file name mfsk 16 ver Table 169 MFSK16 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 170 MFSK16 Features Morse General Information Morse code was the first method for data transfer over radio By now it has been mostly replaced by digi tal modes Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation Carrier keyed on off Bandwidth Hz 400 Symbol rate Bd Depending on data rate Data rate cpm
11. cccccccscccccecseseseseceeeesceeeeseaeeeeeesceeseaseseceesesseeseaaececeeeeeesessaaeeeeeesens 226 Table 310 VDL 3 Demodulator Settings ccccceeecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeeeeaaeseneeeseaeeesaeeeeaeeeeaes 227 Table 311 VDLc3 WE TEE 227 Table 312 ZV EM Characteristics scissioni anaoneka annaa yas aaa a AAKE aaa aa AFKE AAKE EERE 227 Table 313 ZVEI Demodulator Settings cceccceeeececeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 228 Table lia ZVE Eltre 228 Table 315 ALE 2G Characteristics ccccccccccccccsessssesecesececseseeaeaeseseesceeseaaeseseesesceeseuaeseceseeseseseaeeeeeeeens 233 Table 316 ALE 2G Demodulator Getttngs nenntu nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 234 Table 317 ALE 2G Features c cccccccccccsssssecesecseseseeseseceeececeeseaaeaecesecsceeseaaeseseeeescseseuaeseceeeeseseseaaeseeeeeees 234 Table 318 CHN 4plus4 Characteristics ccccccccssccecesseceeceseneeeeesseeeeseseeeessseeeeeeeseeeaeesseneseesssesaeeesennaeess 234 Table 319 CHN 4plus4 Demodulator Settings c ccccceeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeteaes 235 Table 320 CHN 4plus4 Features ccccccecssscecesseceeessneeeeeseeeeeessaeeeeeceeeessseeeeeseseeseessseeseeesseaeessensaeees 235 Table 321 HC ARQ Characteristics ccccccccccccccsesesseseceseeeceeeaaeaeseeeesceeseaaesesessceceeseuaeseceeeesesessaeeeeeeeees 236 Table 322 HC ARQ Demodulator Settin
12. eecceeecceeeseeeeenceceeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeseeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeseaes 123 Table 90 CIS 12 Features ccccccccceccccccceceeececeeeessuseaueeseseseuseaueaseseseeueuauaueesseeeeeuseaueesseeseeuesananeeseees 123 Table 91 CIS 14 Characheristlcs ccc ccc cccceeceeceeccececeeeeeeeceeeeeseaueeseseceeueuauaueeuseeeseuueauaeseeeeeeueeananaseess 123 Table 92 CIS 14 Demodulator Settings cceccceecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeecaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeseeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 124 Table Ke LE EE 124 Table 94 CIS 36 Characteristics seiersen tainn aaan a aaa iaae aae aaa aae aa ea a a 125 Table 95 CIS 36 Demodulator Settings ccccccecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeesaaeseeneeseaeeesaaeseeaaessneeseaeeeeaesseaeeeeaes 125 Table Te Le EE 126 Table 97 CIS 36 50 Characteristics 0 c cccccccccccceccccesceceeeeececeeeeeceaueeeeseceeeeuauaueeseeeeseuueaueaseseeeeueeaneneseees 126 Table 98 CIS 36 50 Demodulator Settings ccecccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 127 Table 99 CIS 36 50 Features cccccccccccccccceseeeececeeeeuseaeeeueceeeeuseaueaseseseeseeauauseuseeeeeeaeaueessseeeeseuauansseees 127 Table 100 CIS 405 3915 Characteristics ccccccccccccccccccecececeeeeeeeeececeeeeeceeaceeeeanecaeacaeaeacaeaeenananenenenenanens 128 272 e List of Tables User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Table 101 Table 102 Table 103 Table 104 Table 105 Table 106 Table 107 Table 10
13. Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 356 STANAG 4539 Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 253 D go2 MONITOR STANAG 4539 HDR General Information STANAG 4539 is a NATO standard for digital data communication The HDR variant is equivalent to MIL STD 188 110 B appendix C mode Usage Transfer of digital information over HF Mode Properties Parameter VELG Modulation QPSK 8PSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM Bandwidth Hz 3000 Symbol rate Baud 2400 Data rate bit s 3200 4800 6400 8000 9600 12800 Error correction FEC code rate 3 4 Table 357 STANAG 4539 HDR Characteristics 13 48 56 500 13 48 57 000 13 48 57 500 13 48 58 000 13 48 58 500 4 Im gt 0 0000000 dBFS 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 195 STANAG 4539 HDR Spectrogram STANAG 5065 General Information STANAG 5065 is a NATO standard for maritime digital data communication with low data rates on low frequencies Usage Transfer of maritime related textual information over LF 254 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Ze go2MONITOR Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Tones 2 Shift Hz 85 170 Bandwidth Hz 200 Symbol ra
14. 1000 800 600 400 200 f 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 94 Baudot async Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 50 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 450 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Asynchronous VER file name baudot_async_50bd_450hz ver Table 74 Baudot async Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 75 Baudot async Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 115 go2 MONITOR Baudot sync General Information The synchronous Baudot mode is a means to transfer printable characters over a communication chan nel Synchronisation in this case is achieved by using a fixed character length and a combination of Start and Stop Bit of reverse polarity Usage a Transfer of textual information Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 450 850 Bandwidth Hz 800 1500 Symbol rate Bd 200 Character 1 Start 5 Data 1 Stop Bit Table 76 Baudot sync Characteristics 15 05 11 500 15 05 12 000 15 05 12 500 15 05 13 000 15 05 13 500 R R dBF5 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figu
15. Figure 121 HFDL Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator PSK data added Symbol rate Bd 1800 SR tolerance Bd 9 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 170 Min burst length s 2 100 Max burst length s 5 000 Min pause length s 0 010 VER file name hfdl_psk2 ver Table 154 HFDL Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition no Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 155 HFDL Features 154 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR HNG FEC General Information HNG FEC is a full duplex system used by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Hungary This modem is not used any more Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Parameter VELTS Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 500 Symbol rate Bd 100 5 Coding Interleaving Parity bits Alphabet ITA 2 Table 156 HNG FEC Characteristics 15 05 53 500 15 05 54 000 15 05 54 500 15 05 55 000 15 05 55 500 4 r dBFS 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 122 HNG FEC Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 100 SR t
16. Table 334 MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone Demodulator Settings The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes 242 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Table 335 MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone Features MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone General Information MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone is a parallel mode which uses 39 orthogonal subcarrier tones in the audio frequency band with quadrature differential phase shift keying QDPSK modulation for bit synchronous data transmission The modulation rate of the modulator output is constant for all data rates The system supports data rates of 75 to 2400 bps Usage Data communication over HF between departments and agencies of the DoD Mode Properties Parameter VELT Modulation QDPSK Number of tones 1 39 Bandwidth Hz 2500 Symbol rate Baud 44 44 Data rate bit s 75 2400 Coding Reed Solomon Table 336 MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone Characteristics 16 56 32 500 16 56 33 000 16 56 33 500 16 56 34 000 16 56 34 500 4 gt dBF5 Oo 50 100 D 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 187 MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator OFDM Symbol rate Ba
17. fied by the extension cmf and may not be edited Station List CSV File Field Description Comment station_id Varchar Must contain an unique number Frequency Not empty varchar In kHz Station Varchar Modulation Varchar code Varchar Bw Varchar Hz Baudrate Varchar Callsign Varchar Lang Varchar ITU Varchar Schedule Varchar Service Varchar Settings Varchar Comments Varchar Src Varchar Date Varchar 01 Jan 2013 78 e Technical Reference User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Modem ver go2MONITOR Field Description Comment Active Varchar Yes No Delivered Varchar Yes No UID Varchar Table 20 Stations List Fields for CSV Import and Export User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Technical Reference e 79 W go2MONITOR Specifications System Data acquisition Up to 1 MHz bandwidth Digital IF complex baseband UO Digital AF complex WAV 8 16 32 Bit RAW IF File Format Others on request Localization English Others on request Documentation Printed user manual PDF Online Help Recommended PC hardware CPU Pentium IV Multicore 2 GHz Memory 4 GB RAM HDD gt 500 GB recommended depends on recordings Screen Resolution gt 1920 x 1080 Pixel multiple monitors recommended Fast Ethernet for digital IF input OS Windows XP 7 Linux on request Supported Receivers The following receivers are supported by go2MO
18. 15 05 56 500 15 05 57 000 15 05 57 500 15 05 58 000 15 05 58 500 d6F5 W 50 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 106 Clover 2000 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Clover 2000 Modulation order 64 Min burst length s 0 270 Max burst length s 4 400 Min pause length s 0 040 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name clover_2000 ver Table 110 Clover 2000 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 111 Clover 2000 2500 Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 133 go2 MONITOR Codan 3012 General Information Codan 3012 mode is a proprietary standard developed by CODAN PTY Australia Codan 3212 is similar to the Codan 3012 mode with same modulation parameters and slightly different encoding parameters The Codan 3212 modem also supports decoding of the Codan 3012 mode Usage ARQ and broadcast data communication over HF ALE Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation PSK Number of tones 2 Number of channels 32 Channel spacing Hz 80 Bandwidth Hz 2560 Symbol rate Bd 80 Coding Golay code Table 112 Codan
19. Table 172 Table 173 Table 174 Table 175 Table 176 Table 177 Table 178 Table 179 Table 180 Table 181 Table 182 Table 183 Table 184 Table 185 Table 186 Table 187 Table 188 Table 189 Table 190 Table 191 Table 192 Table 193 Table 194 Table 195 Table 196 Table 197 Table 198 Table 199 Table 200 Table 201 Table 202 Table 203 Table 204 Table 205 Table 206 Table 207 Table 208 Table 209 Table 210 Table 211 Table 212 Table 213 Table 214 Table 215 Table 216 MD674 Charachertstce ccc cccccccceccececcceceeeseeeeeceseeuceaueesesseeeueuaeaueesseseseeeeauaasaeeeeeeeeauaaeeeees 156 MD674 Demodulator Settings cccecccecceeceeneeceeeeeceeeeeaaeeeeeeeceaeeeseaeeesaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeeeseenees 157 MDG7A Feat resS eg ie 157 MEROD Characteristics csie seks ccvecdiceevvsscccpteacestavesshcewenclaseutanag cebteve lates EEN EEN 157 MEROD Demodulator Settings AAA 158 MEROD Features icccteccssccicies ege ege EES 158 MESK8 Characteristics sscisclceccccesscsthivatencucesseebcente cduseea abeceiut sscknes EES 159 MFSK8 Demodulator Settings A 159 MF OKO Foa OS aa aaa a a EENS EH 160 MESK16 Characteristics a a a aaa a a aaa E a EER 160 MFSK16 Demodulator Settings ccc cccsceeeseceeeeeeeeeeeaaeseeneeceeeeesaaeseeaaeseeeeeseaeessaaeseeneeesnees 161 MESkIGEFeahutee dange egen age AER 161 Morse Characteristics ia cciicceccicecedcccicadancucessneeiecats SEAN ERAUS EEN 161 Morse
20. lo Modem Status Detection Quality Decoder 27 n 2 Stopbit SOBa Search text ARQ M2 242 968d 430Hz 0 i 90 ARQ M2 342 96Bd 400Hz 0 eine Se VE ARQ M4 242 192Bd 173H2 0 450Hz 3 6 Q CQ CQ DE DDK2 DDH DDR9 ARQ M4 342 192Bd 400Hz 0 FREQUENCIES 4583 KHZ 7646 KHZ 10100 ARQ N 0 8 KHZ wrap text ARQ6 90 0 RYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYR wrap text YRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRY ARQ6 98 0 CQ CQ CQ DE DDK DDH DDK9 ASCII 7Bit 100Bd 173Hz 0 FREQUENCIES 4583 KHZ 7646 KHZ 10100 8 KHZ ASCII 8Bit 180Bd SOOH2 0 BYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYR AUTOSPEC 0 YRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRY CQ CQ CQ DE DDK2 DDH DDR9 O Baudot 2 Stopbit 508d 450Hz OK FREQUENCIES 4583 KHZ 7646 KHZ 10100 TTT e Baudot sync 2008d 850Hz o RYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYR YRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRY BULG ASCII 75Bd 510Hz 0 CQ CQ CQ DE DDKZ DDH DDK CHU 0 FREQUENCIES 4583 KHZ 7646 KHZ 10100 e KHZ CIS 405 3915 0 BYRYBYBYBYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYR CIs 11 0 YRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRYRY aed a v CQ CQ CQ DE DDK2 DDH DDK ke Je E FREQUENCIES 4583 K Modulation FSK2 matched Modem Baudot async 508d 450H2 Result DDH7 DDK9 FREQUENCIES4583 KHZ Figure 62 Result Window Result Window Toolbar Button Description All out1 De Output format selection lout 4 XSLT setup Files Text Unformatted Search text Search text Y Next A Prev Highlight Clear Co Copy e Save Decoder Results see also chapter Save Decoder Resu
21. lt PactorType gt 0 lt PactorType gt lt BaudRate gt 50 lt BaudRate gt lt BaudRateTolerance gt 5 lt BaudRateTolerance gt lt BaudRate2 gt 50 lt BaudRate2 gt lt BaudRateTolerance2 gt 5 lt BaudRateTolerance2 gt lt ModulationOrder gt 2 lt ModulationOrder gt lt Shift gt 450 lt Shift gt lt ShiftTolerance gt 10 lt ShiftTolerance gt lt FSKModemT ype gt 2 lt FSKModemType gt lt GMSK_BT gt 1 lt GMSK_BT gt lt ChanFiltDesignWindow gt 0 lt ChanFiltDesignWindow gt lt ChanFiltLength gt 0 lt ChanFiltLength gt lt ChanFiltBW gt 0 lt ChanFiltBW gt lt ChanFiltForm gt 0 lt ChanFiltForm gt lt ChanFiltAlpha gt 0 lt ChanFiltAlpha gt lt MomApp1 yMedian gt 1 lt MomApp1 yMedian gt MomFiltDesignWindow gt 0 lt MomFiltDesignWindow gt MomFiltLength gt 0 lt MomFiltLength gt MomFiltBW gt 0 lt MomFiltBW gt MomFiltForm gt 0 lt MomFiltForm gt MomFiltAlpha gt 0 lt MomFiltAlpha gt BurstMode gt 0 lt BurstMode gt BurstMinPauseDuration gt 0 100000001 lt BurstMinPauseDuration gt BurstMinDuration gt 0 100000001 lt BurstMinDuration gt BurstMaxDuration gt 1 lt BurstMaxDuration gt BurstMaxMeasDuration gt 0 lt BurstMaxMeasDuration gt BurstMinSNR gt 0 lt BurstMinSNR gt lt PSKVersion gt 1 lt PSKVersion gt Ao Ao UM A NON A A A A lt Equalisation gt 0 lt Equalisation gt lt VNormType gt 0 lt VNormType gt lt ToneDuration gt 0 100000001 lt ToneDuration gt lt ToneDurationTolerance gt
22. 10 41 03 500 10 41 02 000 10 41 04 000 10 41 04 000 10 41 04 500 10 41 06 000 10 41 05 000 10 41 05 500 10 41 06 000 10 41 06 500 10 41 07 000 5167500 OOQ Receiver active Range 5133 Figure 37 Magnifier Classifier Snapshot Wideband General The snapshot classifier detects all emissions within the reception bandwidth After the classification the result list contains the following information Mode Carrier FSK2 MFSK Morse PSK Voice Unknown Frequency Bandwidth Shift Tone Shift between carriers in a FSK or number of tones in a MFSK signal Symbol rate SNR Time Stations number of records in the stations database 38 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR The following figure shows the workflow of the classifier Classification Unit Digital IF Signal Detection Segmentation Classification Evaluation Delay Memory gt Results Modulation Classification Figure 38 Classification Unit Signal Detection and Segmentation Marked in yellow in Figure 38 on page 39 The input signal is transformed into the spectral domain by a Fast Fourier Transformation FFT In the spectral domain all emissions and their parameter are determined The following steps are execut ed cyclically Noise level curve estimation Separation of noise and signal Center frequency and bandwidth
23. 13 49 15 500 13 49 16 000 13 49 16 500 13 49 17 000 D wm en wegen 0 0000000 opt 0 50 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 190 STANAG 4415 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator PSK 2 4 8 A B Symbol rate Baud 2400 SR tolerance Baud 20 Modulation order 8 Version A Min burst length s 0 100 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name stanag4415 ver Table 346 STANAG 4415 Demodulator Settings Tuning The center frequency is 1800 Hz Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 347 STANAG 4415 Features 248 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR STANAG 4481 General Information STANAG 4481is a NATO standard for maritime shore to ship broadcast digital data communication Data are sent by a single land based transmitting station and received by many stations aboard ships There are two variants one with a FSK modulated signal the other with PSK modulation Usage Transfer of maritime related digital information over HF Mode Properties 08 48 22 000 08 48 22 500 08 48 23 000 08 48 23 500 08 48 24 000 d6F5 100 Modulation FSK BPSK Tones 2 Shift Hz 850 Ban
24. 161 162 164 165 167 168 169 171 172 174 175 176 178 179 180 182 183 185 186 188 189 190 192 193 195 197 198 200 201 202 204 205 206 208 209 210 212 213 215 216 218 219 220 222 223 224 226 227 233 234 236 237 238 240 241 243 244 246 247 249 251 252 254 GEW 81 Globe Wireless FSK 149 Globe Wireless PSK 150 go2ANALYSE 2 go2DECODE 2 go2DECODE PROCEED 231 go2MONITOR 2 go2MONITOR CMAS 229 go2RECORD 2 go2SIGNALS 2 Golay Pager 213 GRX LAN 81 G TOR 152 H HC ARQ 236 Help Menu 27 HF 263 HFDL 153 History 63 HNG FEC 155 Horizontal View 51 UO 263 Import and Export of Data 47 Input Selection 27 Installation 5 229 IZT R30XX 81 IZT R32XX IZT R33XX 81 L LAN receivers 15 LF 263 License 12 License terms 257 LINK 11 CLEW 237 LINK 11 SLEW 238 Index e 279 D go2 MONITOR Loading a Configuration 23 Magnifier 37 Main Menu 23 Main Screen 21 Manual 230 MD674 156 MEROD 157 MFSK16 160 MFSK8 158 Microtelecom 81 MIL M 55529A 240 MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone 241 MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone 243 Minimal View 51 Mode Properties 91 93 94 96 97 99 101 102 104 105 107 108 110 111 113 114 116 117 119 120 122 123 125 126 128 129 131 132 134 136 138 139 141 142 143 145 146 148 149 150 152 153 155 156 157 159 160 161 163 164 165 167 168 170 171 172 174 175 177 178 179 181 182 183 1
25. Figure 18 Main Screen with Spectrogram and Spectrum The functions of these menus will be described in the next chapters Three status lights are located on the left side of the status bar at the bottom of the main screen They give information about the input of a wideband signal E Meaning Error No wideband signal or no input file available e Waiting for signal Wideband signal available Table 1 Status of Signal Input The text field of the status bar on the bottom of the window displays information about the status of the software If a receiver is connected the settings of the receiver including the frequency range total band width and attenuation are displayed 22 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2 MONITOR Main Menu File Menu Saving a Configuration In the menu File Save channel configuration the current settings can be stored in a configuration file This file contains all parameters which have been setup in the channels like center frequency bandwidth mode decoder list etc For saving the configuration you have to enter a valid file name The directory for the storage can be anywhere on the computer in use or on the network Save channel configuration Speichem in go2MONITOR 1 20 v 2 bi CS m decoders KE decoder conf S ippips 6 0 dil 4 jimageformats E decoder exe Dippipx 6 0 dll Zuletzt modems EJ default maw S ippt7 6 0 dll verwendete D sqldrivers Defau
26. Figure 76 XML Schema XML Schema for the content of the meta data chunk User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Technical Reference e 71 go2MONITOR lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt xs schema xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema elementFormDefault qualified at tributeFormDefault unqualified gt lt xs element name Signalinfo gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name base type baseType gt lt xs element name extended type extendedType minOccurs 0 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name custom type customType minOc curs 0 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs complexType name customType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xsiany maxOccurs unbounded minOccurs 0 processCon tents lax gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name extendedType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name antenna type xs string minOc curs 0 gt lt xs element name receiver type xs string minOc curs 0 gt lt xs element name CcComment type xs string minOc curs 0 gt lt xs element name location type locationDataType minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name direction type directionDataType minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name baseType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name sSignaltime type xs dat
27. GMSK J3E USB LSB MDPSK 2 4 MFSK 2 MPSK 2 4 MSK Multitone FSKn OFDM OQPSK PSk2 4 8 A B QAM 16 32 64 128 256 TFM3 Fast adaptive equalizer using known training sequences via DDL Primary demodulation SSB AM FM Table 24 Demodulator List User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Specifications e 83 D go2 MONITOR Decoder List Modem Det Prod Same as Modem File 2 channel ITA 2 RTTY X X F7B Morse Baudot ACARS HF X X HFDL Alcatel 801H X alcatel_801h ver ALIS X X alis ver ALIS 2 X alis2 ver AMOR X X CIS 14 AMOR 96 X X CIS 14 AMTOR X X SITOR A Annex 10 X X ICAO Selcal ARQ 1000 duplex X X ARQ E ARQ N ARQ 28 X X ARQ M2 242 ARQ M4 242 ARQ 58 X X ARQ M2 342 ARQ M4 342 ARQ6 90 X X arq_6 90 ver ARQ6 98 X X arq_6 98 ver ARQ E Cyc4 X X arq_e_cyc4_85bd_170hz ver ARQ E Cyc8 185Bd X X arq_e_cyc8_185bd_370hz ver 370Hz ARQ E Cyc8 96Bd X X arq_e_cyc8 96bd_192hz ver 192Hz ARQ E3 50Bd 400Hz X X arq_e3_50bd_400hz ver ARQ E3 100Bd 400Hz X X arq_e3_100bd_400hz ver ARQ M1 X X ARQ E3 ARQ M2 242 X X arq_m2_242_96bd_430hz ver ARQ M2 342 X X arq_m2_342_96bd_400hz ver ARQ M2 342 200Bd X X arq_m2_342_200bd_410hz ver 410Hz ARQ M4 242 X X arq_m4_242_192bd_173hz ver ARQ M4 342 X X arq_m4_342_192bd_400hz ver ARQ N X X arq_n ver
28. LINK 11 CLEW Features LINK 11 SLEW General Information STANAG5511 SLEW mode is a NATO Standard for tactical data exchange The Single Tone Link Eleven Waveform SLEW is one of the modes defined within the Link 11 NATO Standard Usage Transfer of tactical data over HF and VHF Mode Properties 238 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 ge e go2 MONITOR Parameter Value Modulation PSK Tones 8 Bandwidth Hz 3000 Symbol rate Baud 2400 Coding Convolutional Table 327 LINK 11 SLEW Characteristics 11 34 09 900 31 34 10 000 34 30 500 34 11 000 CH 11 34 12 000 cers 50 300 2000 1500 1000 500 0 w 1000 1500 2000 SCH Figure 184 LINK 11 SLEW Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator PSK data added Symbol rate Baud 2400 SR tolerance Baud 5 Modulation order 8 Min burst length s 0 100 Max burst length s 2 000 Min pause length s 0 004 VER file name link 11_slew ver Table 328 LINK 11 SLEW Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 239 go2 MONITOR Feature Status Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 329 LINK 11 SLEW
29. StartFrequency value 25000000 gt 129 lt add key ShowGui value 0 gt 130 lt Siglfc gt 131 lt add key NumberOfIfcs value i gt 132 lt Ifco00 gt EK lt add key IfcType value EXTIO gt 134 lt add key MixerFreq value 0 gt 135 lt add key NetOutRate value 40000000 gt 136 lt add key PortReZF value 61001 gt 137 lt add key PortCxZF value 60301 gt 138 lt Ifc000 gt 139 lt Siglfc gt 140 lt Capabilities gt 141 lt add key Type value static gt 142 lt add key CustomGuiAvailable value 1 ZS 143 lt FrequencyRanges gt 144 lt add key FRI value 9000 90 49900000 gt 145 lt FrequencyRanges gt 146 lt Bandwiths gt 147 lt add key BWi value 40000 0 gt 148 lt add key BW2 value 80000 0 gt 149 lt add key BW3 value 125000 0 gt 150 lt add key BW4 value 160000 0 gt 151 lt add key BW5 value 400000 0 gt 152 lt add key BW6 value 800000 0 gt 153 lt add key BW7 value 1000000 0 gt 154 lt add key BW8 value 1250000 0 gt 155 lt add key BW9 value 1500000 0 gt 156 lt add key BW10 value 2000000 0 gt 157 lt Bandwiths gt 158 lt SampleRates gt 159 lt add key SR1 value 50000 0 gt 160 lt add key SR2 value 100000 0 gt 161 lt add key SR3 value 160000 0 gt 162 lt add key SR4 value 200000 0 gt 163 lt add key SR5 value 500000 0 gt 164 lt add key SR6 value 1000000 0
30. Technical Reference 69 TETRA 220 Tetrapol 222 Text Only 62 Tools 74 Tuning 92 94 95 97 98 100 102 103 105 106 108 109 111 112 114 115 117 118 120 121 123 124 126 127 129 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR 130 132 133 136 137 139 140 142 143 144 146 147 148 150 151 153 154 156 157 158 159 161 162 163 165 166 168 169 170 172 173 175 176 177 179 180 181 183 184 186 187 189 190 191 193 194 196 198 199 201 202 203 206 207 209 210 211 213 214 216 217 218 220 221 223 224 225 227 228 234 235 237 238 239 241 242 244 245 247 248 250 252 253 255 Tuning the Receiver directly from the List 47 Tuning the Receiver from the Classifier Result 41 TWINPLEX 192 U UHF 263 USB Receivers 16 V VDC 81 VDEW 223 VDL 2 224 VDL 3 226 ver files 75 Version History 91 195 229 Vertical View 52 VHF 264 Views Menu 26 Visel 193 Vocoder 203 W Wav File Drag and Drop 28 WAV Files 69 WAV Format 69 wavetxt exe 74 Welcome to go2MONITOR 1 WiNRADIiO 81 WJ 86XX 81 WJ 87XX 81 Working with Multiple Channels 50 Wrap text 61 WR G31DDC 81 WR G39DDC 81 X XSLT 264 Z ZVEI 227 Index e 281 go2MONITOR 282 e Index User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2
31. dB 262 DDC 262 DDL 262 Decoder List 65 84 Decoding Mode 64 Delays 49 Delete All 46 Delete Selected 46 Demodulator Settings 92 93 95 96 98 100 101 103 104 106 107 109 110 112 113 115 116 118 119 121 122 124 125 127 128 130 131 133 135 137 138 140 141 143 144 145 147 148 149 151 152 154 155 157 158 159 160 162 163 164 166 167 169 170 171 173 174 176 177 178 180 181 182 184 185 187 188 190 191 192 194 196 197 199 200 202 203 204 205 207 208 209 211 212 214 215 217 218 219 221 222 223 225 226 228 233 235 236 238 239 241 242 243 245 246 248 250 251 253 255 Demodulators 83 DGPS 142 DHCP 262 Direct Jump to Position 29 Display 19 DMR 202 dPMR 204 DSC 143 205 DUP ARQ 145 Dynamic Modem List 63 E Edit Stations 44 EEA 206 EIA 208 Euro 209 Extended WAV Format with Custom Data 69 ExtlO 81 Extras 58 F FEC 262 FEC A 146 FFT 262 File Input 28 File Menu 23 Filter and Display Options 42 FLEX 210 FMS BOS 212 Frequency Control and Bandwidth 59 FSK 400 500 147 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR G General 1 38 43 49 62 64 65 General Information 91 93 94 96 97 99 101 102 104 105 107 108 110 111 113 114 116 117 119 120 122 123 125 126 128 129 130 132 134 136 138 139 141 142 143 145 146 147 149 150 152 153 155 156 157 158 160
32. gt 165 lt add key SR7 value 1250000 0 gt 166 lt add key SR8 value 1666667 0 gt 167 lt add key SR9 value 2000000 0 gt 168 lt add key SR10 value 2500000 0 gt 169 lt SampleRates gt 170 lt Attenuations gt 171 lt add key Atti value 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 gt 172 lt Attenuations gt 173 lt Capabilities gt 174 lt Receiver000 gt 1725 a gt Figure 16 Commented WiNRADiO Receiver The configuration of a single receiver always starts with lt Receiver000 gt and ends with lt Receiver000 gt The receiver WiINRADiO G31DDC in the preceding screenshot is commented out as it is surrounded by the comment markers The following figure shows an active IZT receiver and inactive EM100 and Perseus receivers in short form 14 e Setup User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR 2 lt Receiver000 gt 28 lt add key RevType value IZT R3000 i gt 2 meee ACTIVE lt Receiver000 gt EEN lt Receiver000 gt 34 lt add key RcvType value EM100 LE 35 ses INACTIVE 3 lt Receiver000 gt Ke lt Receiver000 gt 41 lt add key RcvType value Perseus gt 2 aes INACTIVE lt Receiver000 gt Wee Figure 17 Example Receiver Configuration Remove the comment markers from the receiver section you wish to use Attention Do not forget to comment the receiver which was active before The following settings have to be changed in the file receiver conf to adapt it to your specific re
33. l memme Wrap text 6360 0 6361 0 Text only kHz j gt E Status Modem search Modulation Unknown Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Figure 68 Recognition Decoding with Dynamic Modem List History Channels Charnel 1 S05 BS Bolt A cater ssesone D up v EI Mode Classification Je uE Boas GO Gol e Classification result History i Ta Classification Bandwidth SNR Time Unknown 684 Hz 26dB 09 36 14 FSK2 84 Symbol r 732 Hz 29d8 09 36 11 FSK2 87 Symbol r 928 Hz 37dB 09 36 08 FSK2 68 Symbol r 830 Hz 35 dB 09 36 05 FSK2 88 Symbol r 830 Hz 36 dB 09 36 02 FSK2 87 Symbol r 830 Hz 34 dB FSK2 88 Symbol r 781 Hz 33 dB FSK2 66 Symbol r 781 Hz 31 dB FSK2 87 Symbol r 830 Hz 34 dB FSK2 87 Symbol r 732 Hz 31 dB E Eom A BRO Mia 242 90d 420 4581 0 4582 0 4585 0 o eegen a E Status Classification jon Modem Unknown Figure 69 Channel Classification History View All classification results are stored in a history list which can be opened with the History tab This list con tains Classification result with mode probability symbol rate and shift Bandwidth Signal to Noise Ratio SNR Time of recognition The list will be cleared when the application is stopped User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Channel Window e 63 W go2MONITOR Decoding Mode General In this mode the channel works as a decoder From the
34. settings dick Back Click Cancel to exit the Setup Assistant AKInstallerMSI Figure 4 Standard Installation Click on lt Install gt to continue the installation The WibuKey installation starts automatically Depending on the language setting of your operating sys tem the language in the following dialogs may vary wi Welcome to the WibuKey Software Setup program This program will install WibuKey Software on your computer It is strongly recommended that you exit all Windows programs and the control panel before running this Setup program Click Cancel to quit Setup and then close any programs you have running Click Next to continue with the Setup program Version 6 00a Cancel Figure 5 WibuKey Setup Read the text and click on lt Next gt User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Setup e 7 go2MONITOR Please select the languages that WibuKey should support I English I French I German I Italian I Hungarian I Japanese I Portuguese I Spanish Figure 6 Select Language for WibuKey Select the required languages and click on lt Next gt Setup will install the WibuKey Tools in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder You can choose not to install the WibuKey tools by clicking Cancele to exit Setup Destination Folder e Program File
35. 0 00999999978 lt ToneDurationTolerance gt lt ToneNumber gt 2 lt ToneNumber gt lt ToneDistance gt 5 lt ToneDistance gt lt MarkToneFrequency gt 1400 lt MarkToneFrequency gt lt SpaceToneFrequency gt 1600 lt SpaceToneFrequency gt lt NumberOfChannels gt 2 lt NumberOfChannels gt lt ChannelPositioning gt 0 lt ChannelPositioning gt lt ChannelDistance gt 5 lt ChannelDistance gt lt SymbolTable gt 1 lt SymbolTable gt lt FrequencyList gt 0 lt FrequencyList gt lt DecoderID gt 1 lt DecoderID gt 76 e Technical Reference User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR lt DecoderID2 gt 1 lt DecoderID2 gt lt DecoderName gt baudot115 lt DecoderName gt lt DecoderNameAbbr gt lt DecoderNameAbbr gt lt DecoderName2 gt lt DecoderName2 gt lt DecoderNameAbbr2 gt lt DecoderNameAbbr2 gt lt VoiceModulationType gt 0 lt VoiceModulationType gt lt VoiceDetectorSensitivity gt 0 lt VoiceDetectorSensitivity gt lt SELCALLType gt 0 lt SELCALLType gt lt KeyingRateType gt 3 lt KeyingRateType gt lt KeyingRate gt 250 lt KeyingRate gt lt KeyingRateTolerance gt 250 lt KeyingRateTolerance gt lt KeyingRate2 gt 50 lt KeyingRate2 gt lt KeyingRateTolerance2 gt 0 100000001 lt KeyingRateTolerance2 gt lt CarrierMeasureMode gt 0 lt CarrierMeasureMode gt lt PreCarrierPosition gt 1 lt PreCarrierPosition gt lt PreCarrierDuration gt 9 99999975e 06 lt PreCarrierDuration gt lt PrePreCarrierPosition gt 1 lt Pre
36. 000 15 07 15 500 15 07 16 000 dBFS 0 50 100 Demodulator Settings Modulation primary AM secondary MFSK Number of tones 14 Tone length ms 133 Tone spacing Hz 16 Bandwidth Hz 210 Symbol rate Bd 7 5 Coding Character coding Table 228 SP14 Characteristics Lelleg r 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Figure 146 SP14 Spectrogram Hz Parameter Default Demodulator Multitone MFSK Tone position type 188 e Standard Decoders HF Tone duration ms 133 TD tolerance ms 5 No of tones 14 Equidistant frequencies User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Parameter Default Tone distance Hz 16 VER file name sp14 ver Table 229 SP14 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 230 SP14 Features SPREAD 51 General Information SPREAD 51 is a synchronous FEC system which was used by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Romania Usage Data communication over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 400 Symbol rate Bd 102 7 Coding 10 Bit Bauer code Interleaving Alphabet ITA 2 Table 231 SPREAD
37. 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 188 STANAG 4197 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator OFDM Symbol rate Baud 44 444 No of channels 39 Channel distance Hz 56 250 Constellation PSK 4A Min burst length s 0 200 Max burst length s 0 000 Min pause length s 0 050 VER file name stanag4197 ver Table 340 STANAG 4197 Demodulator Settings Tuning The center frequency is 1800 Hz Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 341 STANAG 4197 Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 245 D go2 MONITOR STANAG 4285 General Information STANAG 4285 is a NATO standard for digital data communication Usage Transfer of digital information over HF Mode Properties Symbol rate 2400 Baud Bandwidth Hz 3000 Data rate bit s 75 150 300 600 1200 2400 1200 2400 3600 Modulation BPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK QPSK 8PSK BPSK QPSK 8PSK Error correction CR1 16 CR1 8 CR1 4 CR1 2 CR2 3 none none none none Interleaving Short Short Short Short Short none none none none Long Long Long Long Long Short interleaver 0 852 s Long interleaver 10 240 s 13 48 19 000 13 48 19 500 13 48 20 000 13 48 20 500 13 48 21 000 d6F5 2000 1750 1500 Demodulator Settings Pa
38. 3012 ALE Characteristics Parameter Value 134 e Standard Decoders HF TX modus selective broadcast group call Modulation DPSK Number of tones 4 Number of channels 4 8 12 16 Channel spacing Hz 112 5 Bandwidth Hz 1800 Symbol rate Bd 1200 Data rate bit s up to 6000 Alphabet CCIR 476 Table 113 Codan 3012 Data Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR 15 05 32 500 15 05 33 000 15 05 33 500 15 05 34 000 15 05 34 500 dBFS o 50 100 2000 1750 1500 Aen 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 107 Codan 3012 ALE Spectrogram 15 06 41 500 15 06 42 000 15 06 42 500 15 06 43 000 15 06 43 500 d6F5 D 50 100 S 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 8 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 108 Codan 3012 Data Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator MDPSK 2 4 8 16 A B Symbol rate Bd 80 SR tolerance Bd Modulation order Version No of channels 32 Channel position type Channel distance Channel distance Hz 80 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 135 go2MONITOR Parameter Default VER file name codanchirp ver Table 114 Codan 3012 ALE Demodulator Settings Demodulator MDPSK 2 4 8 16 A B Symbol rate Bd 75 SR tolerance Bd 2 Modulation order 4 Version A No
39. 342 Features ARQ M4 242 General Information ARQ M4 242 is a synchronous full duplex time division multiplex system designed for low error rate ex change of textual data between two stations of governmental authorities Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 170 Bandwidth Hz 400 Symbol rate Bd 172 192 Alphabet ITA 3 Table 55 ARQ M4 242 Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 105 e go2MONITOR 15 05 45 000 15 05 45 500 15 05 46 000 15 05 46 500 15 05 47 000 d6F5 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 88 ARQ M4 242 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 192 SR tolerance Bd 2 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 173 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name arq_m4_242_192bd_173hz ver Table 56 ARQ M4 242 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 57 ARQ M4 242 Features 106 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 ARQ M4 342 General Information D go2 MONITOR ARQ M4 342 is a synchronous full duplex tim
40. 4 5 Shift Hz 170 370 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Synchronous VER file name arg_e_cyc4 85bd_170hz ver arg_e_cyc8_185bd_370hz ver Table 44 ARQ E Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 45 ARQ E Features 100 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR ARQ E3 General Information ARQ ES is a synchronous dual channel ARQ mode for the exchange of teletype data over a radio channel in a robust way Usage Military or diplomatic data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 400 Bandwidth Hz 600 Symbol rate Bd 30 650 Error correction ARQ Alphabet ITA 3 Table 46 ARQ E3 Characteristics 15 05 41 000 15 05 41 500 15 05 42 000 15 05 42 500 15 05 43 000 lt r dBFS 0 50 100 p 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 H21 Figure 85 ARQ E3 cyc8 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 500 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 400 Shift tolerance Hz 30 Modem type Synchronous VER file name arq_e3_50bd_400hz ver User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 101 W go2MO
41. 6958 00 kHz Detecting notdetected 60 nosyne 75 0 bag ear Copy Ch1 filtered by classification Modem Baudot asyne 756d 850H2 Text gt Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Figure 51 Channel Displayed in Horizontal View Style The channel view displayed in vertical style shows all columns of all tables and might need two rows No slide bars below tables will be used all table columns are displayed Channels Channel 1 208 Dt aa Certer 6356 0 S A en wl gt Mode Recognition Decoding 6357 0 started y 259 00 kHz Status Modem search 04 18 214 a allgoust DI Hy ao ex oe Frequency 6358 58 kHz Su er G Ch1 filtered by classification Modem Staus Detection Baudot async 758d Ge Detecting not detected Quality Decoder Symbol r Shift 60 nosyne 75 0Bd 849 0 Hz 6358 0 6359 0 8398 17 MS Search text Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Figure 52 Channel Displayed in Vertical View Style Channel Window Toolbar Button Description u Views See also chapter 0 Predefined Window Styles Switch Auto range Spectrogram Settings See also chapter 0 Spectrogram Settings Exact Frequency D zE eg m Lock Signal Center 4 583 0kHz Center Frequency E Set channel in the current frequency range P Set receiver to follow sis x Channel Bandwidth gt s De
42. D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 119 Globe Wireless PSK Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator DPSK 2 4 8 16 A B Symbol rate Bd 200 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 4 Version A Min burst length s 0 400 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name gw_psk_200bd_psk4 ver Table 148 Globe Wireless PSK Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 149 Globe Wireless PSK Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 151 D go2 MONITOR G TOR General Information G TOR mode is a proprietary standard developed by Kantronics Inc and is used by radio amateurs mili tary Irish Air Corps Navy Mexican army and governmental agencies ICRC Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Parameter VELG Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 170 Symbol rate Bd 100 200 300 Coding Golay code Interleaving CRC Alphabet ITA 5 15 06 47 000 15 06 47 500 15 06 48 000 15 06 48 500 15 06 49 000 dBFS 0 Demodulator Settings Table 150 G TOR Characteristics Figure 120 G TOR Spectrogram Parameter Default
43. Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 122 Coquelet 8 Features Coquelet 13 General Information The Coquelet modes were designed for the communications of French customs and police authorities They are similar to the British Piccolo modes Usage Transfer of textual information mostly encrypted over HF Mode Properties Modulation MFSK Number of tones 13 Shift Hz 30 Bandwidth Hz 500 Symbol rate Baud 13 3 20 0 Alphabet ITA 2 ATU 80 Table 123 Coquelet 13 Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 139 W go2MONITOR 15 05 28 000 15 05 28 500 15 05 29 000 15 05 29 500 15 05 30 000 dBFS 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 111 Coquelet 13 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Multitone MFSK Tone duration ms 75 TD tolerance ms 1 No of tones 13 Tone position type Equidistant frequencies Tone distance Hz 30 VER file name coquelet 13_75ms ver Table 124 Coquelet 13 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition
44. Demodulator Settings 20 eseu SES EERSTEN SEN 162 Morse E E 162 Olivia Characteristics cccccccccccceeccccecccscuceaeeeeeceeeeeeuaueeeeseeessuseaaaesesseeeseuauaaaeseseeeueeaneneeseees 163 Olivia Demodulator Settings ccccceesceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeceneeeceaeeeeaaeseeneeseaeeesaaeeseaeesseeescaesesaeeeenees 163 Olivia Features 164 Packet 300 Characteristics 0 ccccccccccccccececcecscceee cece ceceeeeuaeeeeeseseeseuseaueeseseeeeeseauaaeaeeeeeeeaeanees 164 Packet 300 Demodulator Settings cccccccsceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeeeeaeeseaeeseneeeseaeeesaeeseneeee 165 Packet 300 Features 165 PACTOR I Characteristics 00ccccccccccccceeecccecceceeceee eee ceseeeeuauaeeeseeeseueeaeeeseseeeseeeauaaeaseeeeseeaeanees 165 PACTOR Demodulator Settings ccccceceeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeeseaeeseneeeseaeessaeeeeneeee 166 PACTOR I Features 166 PACTOR I FEC Characteristics 0 0 cccccccceccccccceeeeeeececececeaeeeeeseceeseuseaeeeseceeeseeeauaaeaeeeeseeaeanees 167 PACTOR I FEC Demodulator Settings ceccccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseneeesaeessaeeneneeee 167 PACTOR I FEC Features 168 PACTOR II Characteristics 00 ccccccccccccecececcecceceeeeeeecececeeeaueeeesecseseueeaueeseceeeseeuauauseseeeeeesaeanees 168 PACTOR II Demodulator Settings ccccccceceeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeaeeceeeeeeeaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeesaeessaeeneneeee 169 PACTOR II Features 169 PACTOR II FEC Characteri
45. Features cecccceeseececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaaeeeeeeaaesesesaaeeesecaaeeeseeaaeaeseegeneeeeeseneeees 115 Table 76 Baudot sync Characteristics ccceccceceeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeecaeeeeaaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaaeeseaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeteaes 116 Table 77 Baudot sync Demodulator Gettings nenn nnnnnnnnnnnn 117 Table 78 Baudot Sync Features eerren EEA EAE EARE 117 Table 79 BULG ASCIl Characteristics 0 cccccccccececccccsceeseececeeeeeceaueueeeseeueuauaasesseeeeeuueauaeseseeeeseeaneneeseess 117 Table 80 BULG ASCIl Demodulator Settings cccccceeececeeeeeceeeeecaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 118 Table 81 BULG ASCIl Features 118 Table 82 CHU Characterlstce se nnueueunnunnunusue tutt nk anann etun A anan E EEE nE nean EAEE E EEan nanen Enana nenna 119 Table 83 CHU Demodulator Gettings 120 Table 84 CHU Features 120 Table 85 CIS 11 Characheristlcs cece ccccccceecceccecceseceaeeeseceeceeseaueeseseseeueuauaueeuseeeueeueaueesseeeeeueuananeseees 120 Table 86 CIS 11 Demodulator Settings eccccececeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeecaeeecaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeseeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 121 Table 87 CIS 11 Features cccccccccecccce sees eceeecesuaeaueeueseeseuseaueaeeseeeeseuauaaeauseeeeeuaeauaessceeeeueaaneneeseess 121 Table 88 CIS 12 Characteristics 0 0 0 ccccc cece cc cece ce eccececceeceseaeeesecesseeeeaueesaseseeueuauauaesseeeueuaeauaeseeeeeeueuaneneseess 122 Table 89 CIS 12 Demodulator Settings
46. Modem list HF Modem name Modulation Decoder Symbol rate s IC ACARS VHF MSK acars 2400 Bd Oas MSK AIS 9600 Bd Lal Alcatel 801H Coquelet 8 Alcatel_801H__ 100 Bd aus FSK2 disc als 229 Bd M as 2 Multitone FSK8 alis2 241 Bd IM ARQ6 90 FSK2 matched arq_6 90_98 200 Bd iM ARQ6 98 FSK2 disc arg_6 90_98 200 Bd iM ARQ E3 508d 400Hz FSK2 matched arq_e3_cyc8 50 Bd ARQ E Cyc4 85 7Bd 170Hz FSK2 matched arq_e_cyc4 86 Bd ARQ E Cyc8 1858d 370H2 FSK2 matched arq_e_cyc8 185 Bd iy ARQ M2 242 966d 430Hz FSK2 matched arq_m2_242_4 96 Bd F ARQ M2 342 968d 400Hz FSK2 matched arq_m2_342_4 96 Bd iM ARQ M4 242 192Bd 173Hz FSK2 disc arq_m4_242 192 Bd ARQ MI4 342 192Bd 400Hz FSK2 matched arq_mn4_342 192 Bd el ARQ N FSK2 matched arq_n 96 Bd ASCII 7Bit 100Bd 173Hz FSK2 matched ascii_7_11 100 Bd Is ASCII 8Bit 180Bd SOOHz FSK2 matched aecn 8 13 180 Bd AUTOSPEC FSK2 matched autospec 68 Bd lt Unselect all Show list members only Figure 21 Modem List Editor If you need to create a new list click lt New list gt A new window opens and you can enter the name of the new list 24 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 MM Modem list editor Modem list HF go2MONITOR Vv o m G ca v G cd uv al G GC v G ca v G W G e Modem name ACARS VHF AIS Alcatel 801H ALIS ALIS 2 ARQ6 90 ARQ6 98 ARQ E3 508d 400Hz ARQ E Cyc4 85 7Bd 170Hz ARQ E Cyc8 185Bd 370Hz ARQ M2 242 96Bd 43
47. Poland Usage Data communication over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 270 Symbol rate Bd 100 Alphabet CCIR 476 Table 201 POL ARQ Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 175 D go2MONITOR 15 06 25 000 15 06 25 500 15 06 26 000 15 06 26 500 1E6277 NNN dBFS 0 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 D 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Hz Figure 137 POL ARQ Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 100 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 270 Shift tolerance Hz 30 Modem type Synchronous VER file name pol arq_100bd ver Table 202 POL ARQ Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 203 POL ARQ Features PSK10 General Information PSK10 is a modem type developed by radio amateurs PSK10 emissions are very narrow band and ro bust against fading effects 176 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation DBPSK Symbol rate Bd 10 Coding Huffman coding Table 204 PSK10 Character
48. Standard Decoders VHF UHF 195 Version HiStOry cccceceecceeece cece eeeeee ee aeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeseseeaaeaeeeeeeeseeenaeaeeeeeeeeeeees 195 Available Decoders essssssssisiserrnseesnsnssnnsrnsrnnnnntinnnntianantinatnnnnatinnanianannnnnn nannan 195 ACARS VUE 195 LEE 197 CG EE 198 GC ECH WEE EE E atece octane 200 EE 201 RI EE 202 al N m E E ocek Sc eee EE TAEA causa deute E T 204 ee Ee 205 Ee 206 E eebe 208 EE UFO WEE 209 E EE EE 210 TVSH a a aE re BS ee nm DEE me Sem Pan Bee 212 Golay EE 213 GEM EE EE 215 E WR GREEN 216 NM eege 218 SA coy A ENEE 219 Eege 220 Tetrapol 2 wiih ean i en AEN eege 222 MIO A et dE 223 NEE 224 VK GE 226 TAVA WEE 227 Premium Decoders 229 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 e go2MONITOR Version elei EE 229 Instalati ee ggeebgdE EE 229 QO2MONITOR CHA 229 QO2DECODE PROCEED onaren i E R 231 Available Decoder S icies snee eE KEEA AEEA AE 233 ALLE A EE 233 GHN 4PIUS 4 ctect eestor kunnin gege enaa aaa aaa a A i n 234 AOAR WEE 236 LINK eT GLE EE 237 LINKIT SLEW a aa a E a a aan a 238 M Oe NEE 240 MIL STD 2198 110B1 Tone 241 MIL STD 2198 110B20otone cece cece eeeececceeescese ease ceeeseeeaueaeeeeeeneeaeas 243 STANAG 4 1 OF EE 244 STANAG 4 E 246 STANAG 4415 eeeseenesnnseesrrirrinrssssrninriessurtninnrnnsetnnunnnanuennrnnnne 247 STANAG 4481 ooo c cece ce ecceceeeesceseeeeeseeesesuauaueeueseeseueeaueeeeseeeeseeaneneees 249 STANAG 4529 oo cec ccc ccccceceeecec
49. TC 184 ihre Be ele ET 185 SIIOR R Sapeetroetam ee EENEG EAR EN 187 SP14 Sp ctogra EE 188 SPREAD 51 Spectrogram REENEN ENEE Nee VEER 190 SWED ARQ Spectrogram ccceecceceeceeeceeeeeaaeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaesgeaeeseaeeeceaeeeeaaeseeneeseeeeeeaeseeaaeesenees 191 TWINPLEX Spectrogram ceccccceccceecceceeeeeeeneeceeeeeaaeeeeaaeseeeeeaeeeeaaeseeaaeseeeeesaeeseaeeseneeesaes 192 Visel Spectrogram EE 194 ACARS VHF Gpechrogram iseni nienean nrinn aana aaa aa Eaa 196 AlS Sp ctrogr aMoro ionsar iua aneo ein deeg Seaia aa aai aa aaa aaa aaa 197 COIR Spectrogram E 199 COIT T Sp ctrogta E 200 CT CSS Spectrogram E 201 Mee ette e TELE 203 OPM SPCC gram teissar Det deed eege a a aa aa aaa aaa ae aae Eaa 204 Mea ele tele TT EE 205 EEA Spectora geess e Edeegd egegtt seet edd eege d aa sean aaee a a 207 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 List of Figures e 269 go2 MONITOR Figure 160 Figure 161 Figure 162 Figure 163 Figure 164 Figure 165 Figure 166 Figure 167 Figure 168 Figure 169 Figure 170 Figure 171 Figure 172 Figure 173 Figure 174 Figure 175 Figure 176 Figure 177 Figure 178 Figure 179 Figure 180 Figure 181 Figure 182 Figure 183 Figure 184 Figure 185 Figure 186 Figure 187 Figure 188 Figure 189 Figure 190 Figure 191 Figure 192 Figure 193 Figure 194 Figure 195 Figure 196 SL Red et anaiai ai e ai E Eais 208 te Bee tee ET EE 209 FLEX Spectrogram E 211 FMS BOS Ree e ele E 21
50. TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET OUT BELOW BEFORE YOU ARE ENTITLED TO USE THE SOFTWARE By clicking the ACCEPT button PLATH AG grants you LICENSEE a non exclusive non transferable and limited license to install and use the SOFTWARE strictly in accordance with the terms and conditions of this EULA and our General Conditions of Sale published on www go2signals ch The license must be legally acquired The protected software or the product itself can only be op erat ed simultaneously up to the amount of acquired licenses LICENSEE shall not disassemble decompile or reverse engineer the SOFTWARE nor translate adapt modify lease rent loan redistribute sub lease sub license or create derivative works of from the SOFTWARE LICENSEE shall not use nor display the SOFTWARE on any public bulletin board ftp site web site chat room or in any other media available to the public The SOFTWARE may not be copied without the consent of PLATH AG Any manipulation of the license e g the amount validity or to circumvent the license is prohibit ed Such actions will result in automatic annulations of the license In such cases the product must be newly acquired at its full price The SOFTWARE is provided on an as is basis without any warranty of whatsoever nature whether express or implied being given to LICENSEE including without limitation implied war ranties of satisfactory quality LICENSEE irrevocably accepts that it is solely
51. The center frequency of the channel spectrum or spectrogram will be set to the selected frequency User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 41 D go2 MONITOR A right click will also open a context menu which provides all channels available in the software From this list one channel can be selected The center frequency of the selected channel spectrum or spectrogram will be set to the selected frequency Filter and Display Options There are several options available which handle the work with the classifier Show emission in spectrogram classification will be started automatically when the receiver is tuned to a new center frequency Pause spectrogram after each classification the spectrogram display will be stopped after the classification is finished Classify a new frequency range automatically the classification should start automatically if the receiver center frequency is changed Clear emissions before each new classification the result list is cleared before a new classifi cation is started Display only emissions from the visible frequency range show only the results from frequen cies visible in the spectrogram Classify automatically in time intervals classifications can be done automatically all 10s 20s or 30s Select No to disable this function The Line width can be set to single double or triple Y Filter amp Display options M Show emissions in spectrogram Ei Pause spectrogram after each classificatio
52. Wireless FSK PSK HFDL PSK 2 X X hfdl_psk2 ver HNG FEC X X hng_fec ver Voice J3E ICAO Selcal X X voice_j3e_selcal_icao ver IRA ARQ X X BULG ASCII ITA 2 Twin X X F7B Morse Baudot MD674 X X md674 ver MERLIN X X ALIS MEROD X X merod ver MFSK 8 X X mfsk 8 ver MFSK 16 X X mfsk 16 ver Morse X X morse_raw ver MS5 X X CIS 12 NUM 13 X X SP 14 Olivia X X olivia 1000 32 ver Packet 300 4800 X X packet 300 4800 ver PACTOR X X pactor_i ver PACTOR I FEC X X pactor_i_fec ver PACTOR II X X pactor_ii ver PACTOR II FEC X X pactor_ii_fec ver 86 e Specifications User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 ge go2MONITOR Modem Det Prod Sameas Modem File PACTOR III X X pactor_iii ver PACTOR HI X X pactor ver Piccolo MK6 X X piccolo _mk6 ver Piccolo MK12 X X piccolo_mk12 ver Piccolo 6 X X Piccolo MK6 Pol ARQ X X pol arq_100bd ver Piccolo 12 X X Piccolo MK12 PSK10 X X psk10 ver PSK AM 10Bd X X psk am_10bd ver PSK31 X X psk31 ver PSK AM 31Bd X X psk am_31bd ver PSK31 FEC X X psk31fec ver PSK AM 50Bd X X psk am_50bd ver PSK63 X X psk63 psk2 ver PSK63 FEC X X psk63_fec ver PSK125 X X psk125_psk2 ver PSK125 FEC X X psk125_fec ver PSK250 X X psk250 ver PSK220 FEC X X psk220_fec ver QPSK31 X X qpsk31 ver QPSK63 X X QPSK125 X X QPSK250 X X RAC ARQ X X MEROD RACAL ARQ X X MEROD ROU FEC X X RUM FEC RS ARQ
53. a Data communication within the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation DPSK Number of tones 8 Bandwidth Hz 25000 Symbol rate Bd 105000 Coding Reed Solomon Table 306 VDL 2 Characteristics 224 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR 08 28 07 500 08 28 08 000 08 28 08 500 08 28 09 000 08 28 09 500 H m BFS 00 0000000 BFS 50 100 15000 12500 10000 7500 5000 2500 a 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 Hz Figure 172 VDL 2 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator DPSK 2 4 8 A B Symbol rate Bd 10500 SR tolerance Bd 10 Modulation order 8 Version A Min burst length s 0 003 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 001 Min burst SNR dB 6 VER file name vdl2 ver Table 307 VDL 2 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 308 VDL 2 Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 225 go2 MONITOR VDL 3 General Information The VHF Digital Link VDL Mode 3 is an ICAO standard providing data and digitized voice communica tion between aircraft and ground base
54. can be copied Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Point to point communication between stations in CIS Commonwealth of Independent States region Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 500 Symbol rate Baud 40 5 Encryption Table 100 CIS 405 3915 Characteristics 15 05 01 000 15 05 01 500 15 05 02 000 15 05 02 500 15 05 03 000 dBFS 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 103 CIS 405 3915 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default 128 e Standard Decoders HF Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 40 5 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 500 Shift tolerance Hz 10 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Modem type Synchronous VER file name cis_ 405 3915 ver Table 101 CIS 405 3915 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 102 CIS 405 3915 Features CIS 8181 General Information CIS 8181 is a modem used by the Sovjet navy There is also a variant called CIS 8129 Usage Data communication over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 500 B
55. files Licensing bin txt ver cmf wavetxt 2013 04 24 MBu Chapter Start the Application renamed to Signal Sources and reorganized 2013 05 25 RHa Added content Specifications Install Premium Decoder User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 General e 3 go2MONITOR Setup Installation This chapter describes the installation on a computer with Windows 7 operating system For the installa tion of the application go2MONITOR you need the installation data carrier DVD USB Memory ZIP file etc with the required files from PLATH AG During the installation the application and the WiBuKey driver are installed If the installation of the dongle is not started automatically locate the WiBuKey_Runtime folder on the installation data carrier and install the WiBuKey driver manually Insert the installation DVD into drive of your computer and start the Setup exe Important Old Versions must not be uninstalled as new versions will be installed in a new directory Follow the installation wizard as described in the following figures J go2MONITOR Setup Welcome to the go2MONITOR Setup Assistant go2SIGNALS The Setup Assistant will allow you to change the way go2MONITOR features are installed on your computer or even to remove go2MONITOR from your computer Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit the Setup Assistant Figure 1 Welco
56. is a standalone software for signal recognition demodulation decoding speech detec tion signal recording and technical signal analysis D go2ANALYSE go2ANALVYSE is a bit stream analysis software for manual determination of code characteristics 2 e General User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 V go2RECORD go2MONITOR go2RECORD is a powerful integrated solution for monitoring recording and extraction of wideband signal scenarios in a user friendly and interactive way About us PLATH AG formerly PLATH Procitec Suisse AG PPS AG was founded in 2006 The main intention was building up software development expertise and getting closer to the Swiss market By now PLATH AG also provides systems and services to international markets The portfolio of the PLATH AG focuses on the challenges in the business of information and communica tion technologies As system developers and integrators and in cooperation with our industrial partners we jointly supply complete system solutions in the sector of IT and communications engineering We see the biggest challenges in customer specific software and system development as well as in a structured and efficient project management for customers with high demands of quality Additionally PLATH AG supplies further services in the field of system installation maintenance and consulting Revisions Release Date 1 2 2013 04 01 Editor Rha MBu History First release Added content maw
57. kHz STANAG 4481 PSK 0 STANAG 4539 na New 4555 00 kHz STANAG 4539 HOR 0 y 4583 00 kHz lt m 7 gt iit cte PETA Modulation PSK8 A B Modem STANAG 4415 __ Result lt Empty gt Figure 71 Decoding of Signals Parameter Description Modem The name of the modem Status Used during recognition Detecting Detection Detection status of modem No result Statement on modem status not possible Signal lost Modem was detected but is lost Production Modem is produced Modulation tracking The modulation type has been detected tracking parameters Modem tracking The modem has been detected tracking parameters 64 e Channel Window User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Parameter Description Quality Quality of signal in Decoder Status of the decoder No sync Decoder not detected Identified Decoder has detected modem characteristics in the data stream Accepted Decoder has been detected Sync Modem has been detected Error Decoder runtime error Symbol rate Measured symbol rate in Bd Shift Measured shift in Hz of a FSK signal Frequency Receiver center frequency of the signal Table 16 Decoder Status Decoder List From a drop down list different modem lists e g for HF or VHF UHF can be selected New modem lists can be created in the File menu of the main screen Result Window When the decoder starts with the product
58. legal claim against PLATH AG he waivers his legal domicile and hereby accepts the legal domicile of Bern All contracts are based on Swiss law Liability for Defects and Compensation Hidden defects must immediately on appearance be notified in writing otherwise the goods will be taken as accepted PLATH AG will guarantee faultless goods but not consultation on their technical use In the case of a legitimate defect notification PLATH AG is entitled to decide whether to deliver a replacement on return on the defect goods reimburse the amount of the purchase price and terminate the contract reimburse the reduced value of the goods according to the sales contract Claims by the buyer expire in every case where they are not legally established within 30 days of the goods delivery Compensatory claims against PLATH AG are not permissible unless negligence on their part can be proved by the buyer User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Appendix e 259 go2MONITOR Glossary of Terms AF Audio Frequency 40 20000 Hz Audio Frequency is the range of acoustic waves which the human can perceive in contrast to ultrasonic waves which humans cannot hear ALE Automatic Link Establishment commonly known as ALE is the worldwide de facto standard for digitally initiating and sustaining HF radio communications ALE is a feature in an HF communications radio trans ceiver system that enables the radio station to make contact or initiate a link be
59. length s 0 045 Min pause length s 0 015 VER file name dmr ver Table 259 DMR Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is 240 Hz below the center peak Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding Binary Data yes Voice Data under development Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 260 DMR Features Vocoder The DVSI AMBE 2 vocoder is based on Multi Band Excitation MBE i e a frequency domain ap proach Main characteristics are User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 very low bit rate 2450 bps voice 1150 bps FEC 3600 bps very high voice quality at very low bit rate robust to strong background noise and to PMR LMR channel moderate complexity easy to implement on a low cost DSP language independent Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 203 W go2MONITOR 20ms voice frame and FEC optimized for PMR LMR applications soht bits based decoding dPMR General Information digital Private Mobile Radio dPMR is a digital radio protocol for voice and data communications dPMR is a narrowband 6 25 kHz channel spacing FDMA based protocol described in the ETSI technical stand ards TS102 490 and TS102 658 Usage Professional and private voice amp data communications Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation Multi tone Number of tones 4 Tone spacing Hz 70
60. list yes Table 332 MIL M 55529A Features MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone General Information MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone is a parallel mode which uses 16 subcarrier tones in the audio frequency band with differential phase shift keying DPSK modulation for bit synchronous data transmission The modulation rate of the modulator output is constant for all data rates The system supports data rates of 75 to 2400 bps Usage Data communication over HF between departments and agencies of the DoD Mode Properties Modulation DPSK Number of tones 16 Bandwidth Hz 2500 Symbol rate Baud 75 Data rate bit s 75 2400 Table 333 MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 241 go2MONITOR 16 56 14 500 16 56 15 000 16 56 15 500 16 56 16 000 16 56 16 500 dBFS 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 THz Figure 186 MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator MDPSK 2 4 8 16 A B Symbol rate Baud 75 Tuning SR tolerance Baud 1 Modulation order 4 Version B No of channels 16 Channel position type Channel distance Channel distance Hz 110 Min burst length s 0 100 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name mil188 110_16tone ver
61. of the signal will be determined Additional the symbol rate is calculated Depending on the type of modula tion different parameters of the signal are displayed in the classification results 62 e Channel Window User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Dynamic Modem List According to the classification result the software will propose a selection of modems which may match the signal This reduced list can be opened with the drop down box below the result window All these modems are stored in a special list ChX filtered by classification which can be used further on when switching to the mode recognition or decoding Baudot async 758d 850Hz be CH Figure 67 Dynamic Modem List The button on the right side of the dynamic modem list displays the number of possible modems in the list By selecting this button the mode Recognition Decoding will be opened containing the suggested modem list Channel 2 SO 6 BS Belt A center eeng ste el EI Mode Recognition Decoding HIT SCH Cor Oman ene Ch2 filtered by classification sel ton Modem search started 07 03 13 Modem Status Detection Quality Decoder Symbol os Search text Baudot async 758d 850H2 Detecting notdetected 60 nosync 75 08 Clear FEC A 145Bd 850Hz Detecting not detected 50 nosyne 150 08 03 3 EE Copy MEROD Detecting not detected 10 nosync 150 0 Save arted
62. of channels 16 Channel position type Channel distance Channel distance Hz 112 5 Min burst length s 0 700 Max burst length s 12 000 Min pause length s 0 070 Min burst SNR dB 9 VER file name codan3212_16channel_psk ver Table 115 Codan 3012 Data Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 116 Codan 3012 Features Codan Selcal General Information Codan SelCall FSK is a radio standard developed by CODAN PTY Australia Usage Selcall and status message transfer over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 136 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 by go2MONITOR Parameter Value Shift Hz 200 Bandwidth Hz 400 Symbol rate Bd 100 Coding Parity checksum Table 117 Codan Selcal ALE Characteristics 15 05 15 000 15 05 15 500 15 05 16 000 15 05 16 500 15 05 17 000 H LW dBFS 0 50 100 Canilla 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 109 Codan Selcal Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 100 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 200 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem typ
63. on the left and right side of cursor1 are displayed The number off cursors should be odd Center Delta Number With this spin box the number of cursors is selected to be displayed in Harmonic or Mirror mode Zoom in With enabled cursors the button Zoom in permits to graphically zoom into the area delimited by the cursors With disabled cursors the zoom enlarges the area by a factor defined by the Relative factor in the Spectrogram settings of the total band width around the center frequency Additionally a rectangle can be drawn in the display window and you zoom into this section graphically Zoom out Each time the button Zoom Out is activated the Zoom in function is reversed Pause In Pause the display is stopped not the signal processing A change of parameters is possible for a more detailed analysis of the current signal Auto range Automatic setting of the displayed range to view the total amplitude Table 12 Spectrogram Settings Channels Cursors Appearance of Cursors When operating with channels there are different appearances of cursors in the spectrogram Whenever the channel is selected you will get two different line combinations One display displays two wide and a weak dotted line These are the search range and the center frequency for the signal The weak dotted line can be moved within the spectrogram to select the center frequency of the signal Both wide dashed d lines c
64. sign of the station Country ITU The country code according ITU Schedule The used time schedule when the station is on air Comments Comment related to the station Date Date when the station has been stored in the database UID ID of the dataset Table 8 Elements of Station List In the Stations window the comment of a selected record is displayed Stations Frequency range OkHz gt to Modulation all BCEE Protocol all v Station Frequency Station Modulation Protocol Bandwidth Aj 9 00 kHz station cw BAUDOT VFT 100 Hz 9 00 kHz Station2 OHz 4583 00 kHz Station 1 BAUDOT VFT 100 Hz 8000 00 kHz Sound of Hope C 4000 Hz 8001 80 kHz 8002 00 kHz 8004 50 kHz 8004 50 kHz 8006 00 kHz 8006 80 kHz 8008 00 kHz 8009 40 kHz Digtal data station Digtal data station Digtal data station Digtal data station Digtal data station NATO digital data Digtal data station Sailmail R South User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 DIG DIG DIG DIG DIG DIG DIG CIS 12 PSK FSK FSK POL ARQ FSK STANAG4285 FSK PACTOR 2 Figure 43 Station List 3000 Hz 3000 Hz 3000 Hz 3000 Hz 3000 Hz 3000 Hz 3000 Hz 3000 Hz y Main Screen e 43 D go2 MONITOR It is possible to select only a subset of datasets by performing a query to the list The values are entered into the fields in the upper part of the window These fields are described in the following table Item Description
65. spectrum and the spectrogram If the application was restarted then the software will try to apply the settings in use when the application was stopped Example If the station list was available it will be opened again on the same position The wideband spectrogram has the function of a control center for the software The operator can control the receiver select the signals and perform further analyses like classification or decoding on these sig nals with a simple double click As a first step a rough classification on all signals within the selected bandwidth can be performed Depending on the result signals can be selected for decoding In the following figure the screen is divided into the following parts Menu bar with menu File View and Help Control elements for spectrogram and spectrum Spectrogram and spectrum Receiver control Status bar at the bottom User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 21 go2MONITOR Ml eo2MONITOR Dek Fie Windows Help TE EE e 8 i tH Frequency He mme Amplitude 9 Zoom Magnifier H Pause Autorange gt gt Input PERSEUS 1 E Frequency 6 357 kHz MGC 0 dB ATT _ Bandwidth 250 kHz v 12 54 10 000 12 54 12 000 12 54 14 000 12 54 16 000 12 54 18 000 12 54 20 000 12 54 22 000 12 54 24 000 12 54 26 000 12 54 28 000 d6F5 if Running Range 6232 00 6482 00 kHz Bandwidth 250 kHz MGC 0 dB ATT SS so2sicnars
66. the correct XML syntax must be kept Attention We strongly recommend an XML editor like Notepad or Notepad2 to avoid errors since XML editors apply syntax highlighting and checking In the file some keys can be edited to enable or disable the support for certain receivers or to define re ceiver parameters like IP address control port etc After making changes in the configuration file restart go2MONITOR to apply the new settings The receiver conf contains a sample configuration for each supported receiver Only the first receiver in the default list is enabled all other receivers are commented out and therefore inactive To use a specific receiver you have to uncomment the corresponding section in the file To enable the selected receiver uncomment the related section To do so either remove both start and end comment markers or extend both markers so that each forms a string which combines both markers that is lt gt exactly 4 hyphens User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Setup e 13 go2MONITOR 119 lt i RRR RRR RRR RRR WinRadio G331DDC RRR RRR RRR RRR gt 120 DI lt 121 lt Receiver000 gt 122 lt add key RcvType value EXTIO gt 123 lt add key Name value Winradio G31DDC gt 124 lt add key AuxInfo value gt 125 lt add key CtrllIfc value EXTIO gt 126 lt add key DSPChannel value AUTO gt 127 lt add key DLL value APP PATH SExtIO G31DDC dl1 gt 128 lt add key
67. yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 125 Coquelet 13 Features 140 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Coquelet 80 General Information The Coquelet modes were designed for the communications of French customs and police authorities They are similar to the British Piccolo modes Coquelet 80 is the extension of Coquelet 8 by FEC Usage Transfer of textual information mostly encrypted over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 8 Shift Hz 26 67 Bandwidth Hz 300 Symbol rate Baud 13 3 26 7 Alphabet ITA 2 ATU 80 Table 126 Coquelet 80 Characteristics 15 05 58 500 15 05 59 000 15 05 59 500 15 06 00 000 15 06 00 500 lt ISS D 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 D 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 dBFS D 50 100 Hz Figure 112 Coquelet 80 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator Coquelet Tone duration ms 37 5 TD tolerance ms 2 No of tones 8 Tone spacing Hz 26 67 VER file name coquelet 80 ver Table 127 Coquelet 80 Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 141 D go2 MONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combina
68. 0 Symbol rate Bd 2400 Coding FEC Table 261 dPMR Characteristics Figure 157 dPMR Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 2400 SR tolerance Bd 1 Modulation order 4 Shift Hz 2200 Shift tolerance Hz 0 Modem type Synchronous VER file name domr ver Table 262 dAPMR Demodulator Settings Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding Binary Data yes Voice Data under development Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes 204 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR Table 263 dPMR Features DSC General Information DSC Digital Selective Calling is part of the GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System It provides automatically formatted distress alerts urgency safety and routine radio telephone calls Usage Data communication over HF VHF Mode Properties Parameter VELG Modulation primary FM secondary FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 800 Bandwidth KHz 10 Symbol rate Baud 1200 Coding Checksum Table 264 DSC VHF Characteristics 15 07 27 000 15 07 27 500 15 07 28 000 15 07 28 500 15 07 29 000 4 r dBFS o 50 100 w 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 D 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 Hz Figure 158 DSC VHF Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator
69. 00 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 200 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Multiple SR Min burst length s 0 120 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 170 VER file name pactor_i ver Table 181 PACTOR I Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 182 PACTOR Features 166 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR PACTOR FEC General Information Pactor I mode is a proprietary standard developed by SCS GmbH amp Co KG Hanau Germany The FEC Unproto variant is used for broadcast transmissions Usage Broadcast data transmissions over HF During call set up Pactor I FEC mode is used Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 200 Symbol rate Bd 100 200 Coding Huffman code CRC Table 183 PACTOR I FEC Characteristics 15 06 36 000 15 06 36 500 15 06 37 000 15 06 37 500 15 06 38 000 4 LW dBF5 0 50 100 w 1000 800 600 400 200 o 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 131 PACTOR I FEC Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 200 SR tolerance Bd 1 Shift Hz 200 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Multiple SR VER file name pactor_i_fec ver Table
70. 000 15 05 55 500 15 05 56 000 15 05 56 500 15 05 57 000 dBFS 50 100 Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 170 Symbol rate Baud 125 Coding 7 bit parity Alphabet ITA 2 Table 135 DUP ARQ Characteristics 4 b aM 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 D Figure 115 DUP ARQ Spectrogram Demodulator Settings User Manual Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched D go2 MONITOR Hz Symbol rate Bd 125 go2MONITOR 1 2 SR tolerance Bd 0 1 Shift Hz 170 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 245 Standard Decoders HF e 145 go2MONITOR Parameter Default Max burst length s 0 280 Min pause length s 0 260 VER file name dup arq_125bd_170hz ver Table 136 DUP ARQ Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 137 DUP ARQ Features FEC A General Information FEC A is a synchronous FEC system This system was mainly used for military and diplomatic services as well as for news agencies This modem system is also known as FEC 100 A Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Propertie
71. 050 Max burst length s 2 000 Min pause length s 0 010 VER file name acars_vhf ver Table 244 ACARS VHF Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the peak 20 kHz above the low cutoff frequency of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 245 ACARS VHF Features 196 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Ka go2MONITOR AIS General Information The universal ship borne Automatic Identification System AIS was created for efficient exchange of nav igational data among ships and between ships and stations ashore to improve safety of navigation Usage Worldwide radio system for ship collision avoidance and navigational advice Mode Properties Parameter HEI Modulation primary FM secondary GMSK BT product 12 5 kHz 0 3 or 0 5 25 kHz max 0 5 Symbol rate Bd 9600 Coding NRZI and CRC Table 246 AlS Characteristics 15 07 15 500 15 07 16 000 15 07 16 500 15 07 17 000 15 07 17 500 4 m 0 0000000 dBF5 D 50 100 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 Hz Figure 152 AIS Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator G MSK Type GMSK Symbol rate Bd 9600 SR tolerance Bd 20 000 BT 0 40 Min burst len
72. 0Hz ARQ M2 342 96Bd 400Hz ARQ M4 242 192Bd 173Hz ARQ M4 342 192Bd 400Hz ARQ N ASCII 7Bit 1008d 173Hz ASCII 8Bit 1808d SOOHz AUTOSPEC MSK MSK Modulation Coquelet 8 FSK2 disc Multitone FSK8 A Create new list List name FSK2 disc FSK2 matched FSK2 matched FSK2 matched FSK2 matched FSK2 matched Decoder Symbol rate el acars 2400 Bd Alcatel_801H_ 100 Bd E alis 229 Bd alis2 241 Bd 200 Bd 200 Bd 50 Bd 86 Bd 185 Bd 96 Bd 96 Bd 192 Bd 192 Bd 96 Bd 100 Bd 180 Bd 68 Bd PX ascil_7_11 ascii_S_12 autospec Figure 22 Create New Modem List After entering the name select the modems which required in the new list Close the window to store the modems in the list This function is useful to generate lists depending on the actual job or for groups of signals Performance is improved if the search is restricted to MFSK modems when a MFSK signal is detected ver Files All parameters like displayed name speed shift etc are stored in specific ver files The software re trieves these parameters from this XML file to build up the modem list and set up the demodulator and decoder For additional details see ver files on page 75 Settings In the Settings window general parameters can be set Group Seiting Description General Language Actually only English is supported Display text next to icons If enabled a text explaining the function of each icon is dis in m
73. 1000 Hz Figure 78 Alcatel 801H Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Coquelet Tone duration ms 10 TD tolerance ms 0 No of tones 8 Tone distance Hz 100 VER file name alcatel_801h ver Table 29 Alcatel 801H Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding no Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 30 Alcatel 801H Features 92 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 ALIS General Information W go2MONITOR ALIS is a simplex ARQ teleprinter system developed by Rhode amp Schwarz Usage Transfer of textual information over HF with automatic Link setup Mode Properties dBFS D 50 100 Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 170 Symbol rate Bd 228 7 Error correction CRC 16 Alphabet ITA 2 Table 31 ALIS Characteristics 15 04 34 500 15 04 35 000 15 04 35 500 15 04 36 000 15 04 36 500 D Di H 0 0000000 400 200 D 200 Figure 79 ALIS Spectrogram 400 600 800 1000 Hz Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 228 67 SR tolerance Bd 1 000 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 170 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synch
74. 14 500 15 05 15 000 15 05 15 500 15 05 16 000 15 05 16 500 4 r dBFS 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 105 Clover Il Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Clover II Modulation order 4 Min burst length s 0 540 Max burst length s 17 824 Min pause length s 0 064 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name clover_Il ver Table 107 Clover I Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 131 W go2MONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 108 Clover Il Features Clover 2000 General Information Clover 2000 mode is a standard developed by HAL Communications Corp USA Clover 2500 is a version with identical modulation types and coding but increased bandwidth 2500 Hz and symbol rate Usage ARQ and broadcast data communication over HF Mode Properties Modulation DBPSK DQPSK 8 DPSK 8P2A 16P4A Number of channels 8 Channel spacing Hz 250 312 5 Bandwidth Hz 2000 2500 Symbol rate Baud 62 5 78 125 Coding Reed Solomon Table 109 Clover 2000 2500 Characteristics 132 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR
75. 15 06 22 500 15 06 23 000 dBFS 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 D 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Hz Figure 118 Globe Wireless FSK Spectrogram Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 149 s go2MONITOR Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 100 SR tolerance Bd 10 Shift Hz 200 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 700 Max burst length s 1 700 Min pause length s 0 120 VER file name gw_fsk_100bd_200hz ver Table 145 Globe Wireless FSK Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 146 Globe Wireless FSK Features Globe Wireless PSK General Information Globe Wireless PSK is one of several radio modems used by the Globe Wireless company in the HF frequency band Usage Data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation DQPSK Bandwidth Hz 400 Symbol rate Bd 200 Table 147 Globe Wireless PSK Characteristics 150 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR 15 05 53 000 15 05 53 500 15 05 54 000 15 05 54 500 15 05 55 000 dBFS D 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200
76. 184 PACTOR I FEC Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 167 W go2IMONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 185 PACTOR I FEC Features PACTOR Il General Information Pactor Il mode is a proprietary standard developed by SCS GmbH amp Co KG Hanau Germany It is an advancement of the Pactor I mode Usage ARQ and data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation DBPSK DQPSK 8 DPSK 16 DPSK Number of channels 2 Channel spacing Hz 200 Bandwidth Hz 450 Symbol rate Bd 200 Coding Convolutional FEC code Table 186 PACTOR II Characteristics 168 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR 15 06 21 500 15 06 22 000 15 06 22 500 15 06 23 000 15 06 23 500 dBFS D 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 132 PACTOR II Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Pactor II Min burst length s 0 300 Max burst length s 3 400 Min pause length s 0 035 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name pactor_ii ver Table 187 PACTOR II Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal
77. 2 ARQ N Demodulator Settings ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeeesaaeseeeeeseeessaeeseaeeseaes 109 Table 63 ARQ N Features cccccccccccccccccccccececeeeeeceeceeseauaueeseseeseuseaueaseseceeseuaeaueeuseeeeeuauaueesseeeeeeeuananeseess 109 Table 64 ASCII 7 Bit Characiersice tn iinrastn nuturin anua nunn nnan anun nn nnen an nenna 110 Table 65 ASCII 7 Bit Demodulator Settings ecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeessaeeseeeeeaes 1114 Table 66 ASCII 7 Bit Features oo ccc c ccc cc ee cececceseeseaeeeeeceeseuseaueaeeseseeseuauaaeeeseeeseuseauaaseeeeeeueeaneaeeeess 111 Table 67 ASCII 8 Bit Charachersice cccccccccccccccesceeeeececeeeeeseaueeeeseseeseuauaaeesseeeeeueeauaeseeeseeeeuaneneeseess 111 Table 68 ASCII 8 Bit Demodulator Settings eccccccceeeeeeeeeeeececeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeseaes 112 Table 69 ASCII 8 Bit Features oo c cece cece cece eeceseseeeeeeeceeseueeaueeseseseeseuauaaaesseeeseuseaueessseeeeseuaneneeseess 112 Table 70 AUTOSPEC Characteristics 0 cccccccccccecccccsceeeeececeeeeeseaueeseseceeeeuauausesseeeeseueaueeseeeeeeueuaneneeeees 113 Table 71 AUTOSPEC Demodulator Gettings 113 Table 72 AUTOSPEC Features 114 Table 73 Baudot async Characteristics cccccceccecceeeeeceeeeceeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeneaaeseaes 114 Table 74 Baudot async Demodulator Gettings nnna 115 Table 75 Baudot async
78. 2 Golay Pager Spectrogram sc cijesssscceentvecccessnceeuivs vealenseseeteat en ecieevnaeed ht EERSTEN 214 MP T1327 Spectrogram sicievcccdeusstecnceteseeesutecedtiehescudasesiaiceus acdbyesssaeed niece bes rhateants ceeaestiaettidtve 215 NATEE betreien ciiesescccdexs EEN EES AER 217 NMT450 Spectrogram EE 218 POCSAG SPeCtlOG la ET 219 TETRA SPOCtrOQra im ET 221 Tetrapol Spectrogram iiaeaae uana eaaa aa aa aaaea aana aaaea aaa aaa aaa 222 VDEW Spectrogram sutinaa nananana aaaea aeaa a aN Ta aaa Eaa aa eaa aa ANa 223 VDL 2 Spectrogram i vsseze sats ceatevs secceasde cectesbscedel e cadens as enaa a Naaa ana aaea GR Haaa aaa 225 VDES SPeCtrOQramiicscsscte save teatens sacneede oetentaees at ceedoes as Aoeesssaveranevaeediiesseciena aecceniar cereale 226 ZVEI Spectrogram eniinn eaaa neaka iaaa Paa a a aaa aeaa aaea S ARAR E AEE 228 go2MONITOR Decoder Direchorm 230 go2MONITOR Modem Directory ssessseesseessiesseesressrrssrnsrnssrnsrnnstnnstnsstnssnnsstnnstnssrnnsnnnsnnn snene 230 go2DECODE Code Directory eccccceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeceeneeceaeeeeaaeeeeaeeseneeeseeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 231 go2DECODE Premium Modem Directory s sssssseessiessrrssinssrrssrnssrnssrnssirssinssrnssrnssrnssrnssrensnnnt 231 STANAG4285 Dir CtOry eccccecceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeceaeeecaaeeseaeeseaeeecaaeeesaaesdeneeseeeesiaeeeeaeeeenees 232 ALE 2G Spectrogram E 233 CHN 4plus4 Spectrogram ccccccecceceecceeeeeeeeneeceeeeeceaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeesaaeeesaae
79. 200 ms 5 330 Bd 11 15 dB 5 64 tones D PSK 2 A B HF 25 4800 Bd 7 10 dB V UHF 1 2 25 kBd A B Decision 8 10 dB D PSK 4 A B HF 25 4800 Bd 8 12 dB V UHF 1 2 25 kBd A B Decision 10 12 dB D PSK 8 A B HF 25 4800 Bd HF 8 12 dB V UHF 1 2 25 kBd A B Decision 10 14 dB V UHF 10 14 dB A B Decision 12 14 dB Table 22 Technical Classification Parameters Parameter Description Modulation The type of modulation and its Xx xX probability Pitch TBD Type Type of voice like LSB USB AM FM Symbol rate The symbol rate in Bd D xX Order The number of phase shifts Version Version of PSK A or B 82 e Specifications User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 e go2MONITOR Parameter Description Car FSK MFSK CW PSK Voice Unkn CPM Transmitted character per minute x Dash Dot Ra The ratio between the length of D tio dashes and dots Shift The measured shift Xx Tone dis The measured distance between D tance tones in Hz Frequency The receiver center frequency of D Xx xX D D D the signal Bandwidth Be overall bandwidth of the sig D D D D D D Xx na SNR The signal to noise ratio in dB D xX X x x x x Signal time Time of measurement xX x x D D D D Table 23 Classifier Results Parameters Demodulators Demodulator Name A3E ASK2 ASK2PSK8 ASK4PSK8 CW DPSK 2 4 8 A B FIA F3E F6 F7B FSK 2 matched filter FSK 2 3 4
80. 30 300 Table 171 Morse Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 161 D go2MONITOR 15 06 37 500 15 06 38 000 15 06 38 500 15 06 39 000 15 06 39 500 d6F5 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 D 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Hz Figure 127 Morse Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Morse Range cpm 60 125 Keying rate cpm 250 Tolerance cpm 250 VER file name morse_raw ver Table 172 Morse Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 173 Morse Features Olivia General Information Olivia is a radio teletype modem developed by radio amateur Pawel Jalocha Usage Transfer of textual information over HF 162 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2 MONITOR Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation MFSK Number of tones 4 8 16 32 Shift Hz 200 Symbol rate Bd 31 25 Coding Walsh Alphabet ITA 5 Table 174 Olivia Characteristics 15 06 32 000 15 06 32 500 15 06 33 000 15 06 33 500 15 06 34 000 dBFS 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 128 Olivia Spectrogram
81. 350 Table 351 Table 352 Table 353 Table 354 Table 355 Table 356 Table 357 Table 358 Table 359 Table 360 e go2MONITOR MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone Charachersics 241 MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone Demodulator Settings eesseesseesseesieesieesneeeeenennr erenneren nne 242 MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone Features 243 MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone Charachersics 243 MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone Demodulator Settings esssessseesseesseenesneeenrernnnnnnennnrnnnren nne 244 MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone Features 244 STANAG 4197 Characteristics 0cccccccccceccceceecceceseee eee ceeesuseaueeseseeeseeeaeaueeseeeeeeseaneaseneees 244 STANAG 4197 Demodulator Settings cccccceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeescaeeesaeeeenees 245 STANAG 4197 Fea EE aa a a a E a a E Oaa A EE A 245 STANAG 4285 Characteristics ccccccccccccceeeeececccecsceaeee sess ceeeeueeaueeseseeeeueeauauaeseeeeeeeeeaneaeeseees 246 STANAG 4285 Demodulator Settings cccccecsceceeceeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeesaaesseneeseeeeseaeeesaeeeenees 247 STANAG 4285 Features RRE EEN ANNE ENN 247 STANAG 4415 Characteristics cccccccccccceeccceccecceceseee cece ceeeseceaueeseseeeeseuaeaaeaseeeeeesuanaaeeeees 247 STANAG 4415 Demodulator Settings cccceeeceeeeeeceneeeeeaeeeeneeceaeeesaaeseeaeeseeeesaeseenaeseenees 248 STANAG 4415 Feature ccocccesscsaiccctesnssdctenhag cctiatn SEENEN EES 248 STANAG 4481 Characteristics 0 ccc ccceccceccecc
82. 4 Table 284 Golay Pager Features iiuiie aeaniee annaia aaaea eaaa Ea aaaeaii aa ARNEE 214 Table 285 MPT 1327 CharacteriStiC S siisrroinieasi anniina iian an a eaaa aaa ERE aana 215 Table 286 MPT1327 Demodulator Settings cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeseaeeseaeeeeaes 216 Table 287 MPT 1327 Features EE 216 Table 288 NATEL CharacteriSti Ssscccs caccciecesccceeet nannan ana aiaa aaia AEE Ee 216 Table 289 NATEL Demodulator Settings A 217 Tabl 290 NA TEL Features vcs ecss sescdcscvvsdeesttiacasih cenaessnawhedddnewasesdatwa cafanseasedinavhea ieaiao rapa deraa Randin 217 Table 291 NMT450 Characteristics cccccccccccccsesessesecesececseseeaeaecesececeeseaaeseceesesceeseuaeseseeeeseseseaaeseeeeeens 218 Table 292 NMT450 Demodulator Geitngs 218 Table 293 NMT450 Features cece cece cece cece cece cece eee e ee ee ee EEE EEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEES 219 Table 294 POCSAG Characteristics cccccccccececsesceeecsneeeeecseeeeseseeeeesseneeeesceneaeesseeeeeeeseneseesseneaeesseneaeess 219 Table 295 POCSAG Demodulator Settings cccccccecceeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeneaeeseaes 220 Table 296 POCSAG Features c ccccccccccsssssecesececsesssseseceecesceeseaseseeeseesseeseaaeseceaeesceeseuaeseseeeesesesesaeaeeeeeens 220 Table 297 TETRA Characteristics ccccccccccccccseseseseceeeeecseeaseaeeeeeesce
83. 4 countries claiming about 70 of the European Digital PMR Professional Mobile Radio market Usage Communication in the VHF UHF frequency range among closed user groups such as public safe ty military industry and transportation Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation GMSK BT 0 25 Bandwidth Hz 12500 Symbol rate Bd 8000 Coding FEC encryption Table 300 Tetrapo l Characteristics 14 53 19 500 14 53 20 000 14 53 20 500 14 53 21 000 14 53 21 500 R emm R D 0O000000 Letz o 50 100 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 Hz Figure 170 Tetrapol Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator G MSK Type GMSK Symbol rate Bd 8000 SR tolerance Bd 10 BT 0 25 VER file name tetrapol ver Table 301 Tetrapol Demodulator Settings 222 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding no Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 302 Tetrapol Features VDEW General Information This SelCal system conforms to the VDEW Vereinigung Deutscher Elektrizitaetswerke recommenda tions Germany It is an analog SelCal system using a sequence of single tones Usage Narrowband FM Sel
84. 4285 ver Or just drag and drop the ver file to the modem list User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 231 go2MONITOR gt go2SIGNALS go2DECODE3 4 0 modems Premium stanag4285 EE Burn New folder Name i Date modified Type 1 stanag4285 ver 29 07 2013 15 55 VER File Figure 179 STANAG4285 Directory If you exit the application you will be asked whether the new modem list has to be stored Remarks bin files located in c Users lt user gt go2SIGNALS go2DECODE n n code are used if available Also modified files are stored in this directory 232 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Available Decoders ALE 2G General Information Automatic Link Establishment second generation is based on the standard MIL STD 188 141A This system is used to detect and assign the HF channel which is considered most reliable for data communication at the given time Usage Detection of the HF channel best suited for data transfer between two stations Mode Properties Modulation FSK Tones 8 Shift Hz 250 Bandwidth 2000 Symbol rate Baud 125 Data rate bit s 375 Alphabet ITA5 Table 315 ALE 2G Characteristics 08 47 51 000 08 47 51 500 08 47 52 000 08 47 52 500 08 47 53 000 4 m r dBF5 S 0 0000000 BFS 50 100 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 Hz Figure 180 ALE 2G Spectrogram Demod
85. 51 Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 189 D go2 MONITOR 15 08 10 000 15 08 10 500 15 08 11 000 15 08 11 500 15 08 12 000 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 H71 Figure 147 SPREAD 51 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 102 7 SR tolerance Bd 1 Shift Hz 400 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name spread51 ver Table 232 SPREAD 51 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 233 SPREAD 51 Features SWED ARQ General Information SWED ARQ is an adaptive fsk system which was used for diplomatic communication with Swedish em bassies This system is no longer in operation 190 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 400 Symbol rate Bd 100 Alphabet CCIR 476 Table 234 SWED ARQ Characteristics 15 07 55 000 15 07 55 500 15 07 56 000 15 07 56 500 15 07 57 000 4 r dBFS 0 50 100 UE 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 148 SWED
86. 6 X X EEA MPT1327 X X mpt1327_1200bd_msk ver MODAT X X modat ver NATEL X X natel ver NMT450 X X nmt450 ver Packet 1200 X X Packet 300 Packet 9600 X X packet9600 ver PCCIR X X CCIR 1 PDZVEI X X included in ZVEI POCSAG X X pocsag_1200bd ver 88 e Specifications User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR Modem Det Prod Same as Modem File PZVEI X x included in ZVEI Tetra X X tetra ver Tetrapol X tetrapol ver VDEW xX X vdew ver VDL 2 X X vdl2 ver VDL 3 X X vdl3 ver ZVEI X X zvei ver ZVEI 1 X X included in ZVEI ZVEI 2 X X included in ZVEI ZVEI 3 X X included in ZVEI ZVEI FM Primary X X zvei_fm ver Table 26 VUHF Standard Decoders Modem Det Prod Same as Modem File ALE 2G X X ale ver CHN 4 4 X chn4plus4 ver Haegelin Cryptos X X HC ARQ HC ARQ X X hc arq ver LINK 11 CLEW X X link 11_clew ver LINK 11 SLEW X X STANAG 5511 SLEW link 11_slew ver MD 522 X X MIL M 55529A MIL 188 110A ser X X partly included in STANAG 4539 4415 MIL 188 110A App C X X STANAG 4539 MIL 188 110B ser X X partly included in STANAG 4539 4415 MIL 188 110B App C X X partly included in STANAG 4539 HDR MIL 188 110 16 Tone X X mil188 110_16tone ver MIL 188 110 39 Tone X X mil188 110_39tone ver MIL 188 141A X X ALE 2G MIL 188 141B X X ALE 2G MIL M 55529A X X mil m 55529a ver STANAG 4197 X X stanag4197 ver STA
87. 7 Spectrogram Settings cccccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeesaeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeseeeseeeeeees 27 ET EE 27 Heip OU 27 el TC 27 ee UE 27 IMPUt SOlSCHOMN EE 27 FING MPU ET 28 Receiver de ET 29 Stream JD ease ege eege i deed EES e 20 Spectrum and Spectrogram cccceccecceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeneeseeeeeeas 31 ET 31 Spectrogram Settings cceccceccceceeeceeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeseeeeeaeeseneeseas 32 Oe e EE 37 Classifier Snapshot Wideband ssessseesssesseessneesrnssnnssrnssrnnsrnssrnssrnssrnssrnssnnsnne 38 General css Eege 38 Classifier eene eet ous Eugeeetsed CES 41 Tuning the Receiver from the Classifier Result cccccseeeeseeeereees 41 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Contents e iii go2 MONITOR Filter and Display Options c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeeeaees 42 e te TEE 43 General E AE EE EEE E E A E ANE E 43 Salle 44 Add Stati OAS EE 45 Database Directory osiris tiasaan aaa aaa a aaa eaaa AAN aai 46 B1 EE E A EE E AE antes 46 Tuning the Receiver directly from the liet 47 Channel Window 49 ETC EE 49 NV 49 Working with Multiple Channel 50 Predefined Window Styles cc cccscceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeneeeessaees 50 Channel Window Toolbar 52 Spectrogram SONOS EE 53 Paral ClOrS ic aiccireccctnencietiiuot eege eege 53 GUUS OR ccc Meet tence e aa a E E A E E cece 55 EES E E AE EE AAE AAA 58 Freque
88. 78 FLEX Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 211 go2MONITOR FMS BOS General Information The radio reporting system German FunkMeldeSystem FMS for agencies and organizations with safety assignments German Beh rden und Organisationen mit Sicherheitsaufgaben BOS is a radio communication system for security authorities and organizations Usage VHF security related communications Mode Properties Modulation primary FM secondary FSK Shift Hz 600 Bandwidth Hz 1800 Symbol rate Bd 1200 Coding BCD and CRC Table 279 FMS BOS Characteristics 15 07 37 000 15 07 37 500 15 07 38 000 15 07 38 500 15 07 39 000 4 w p 0 0000000 dBF5 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 Hz Figure 163 FMS BOS Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 1200 SR tolerance Bd 10 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 600 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous 212 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Min burst length s 0 120 Max burst length s 1 200 Min pause length s 0 150 VER file name fms_bos ver Table 280 FMS BOS Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodul
89. 8 Arbeitsplatz a Dateiname Netzwerkumgeb Dateityp Document files csv Figure 46 Import Station Data Tuning the Receiver directly from the List The datasets in the list can be used to tune a channel to the frequency of a station Therefore the selec tion should contain only the stations within the receiver bandwidth With a left click and hold the dataset can be dragged and be released to the channel window The center frequency of the channel spectrum or spectrogram will be set to the selected frequency User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 47 go2MONITOR Channel Window General The channel window makes it possible to process a single signal this includes the classification recogni tion and decoding The signal can be selected in the spectrogram of the main screen by a double click or with the context menu right click It will be transferred to the next free channel If there is only one chan nel available this will be selected Drag and drop of classifier results onto channel windows is also possible The number of channels depends on the software version of go2MONITOR The channel window provides four different working modes Classification Decoding Recognition Decoding Classification Recognition Decoding Channels Channel 1 SOS m Boole B Certer to712 0KH2 vi Sat v LI Mode Classification 8 TE gs OF ao One o Classification result History Modulation FSK2 85 S
90. 8 Table 109 Table 110 Table 111 Table 112 Table 113 Table 114 Table 115 Table 116 Table 117 Table 118 Table 119 Table 120 Table 121 Table 122 Table 123 Table 124 Table 125 Table 126 Table 127 Table 128 Table 129 Table 130 Table 131 Table 132 Table 133 Table 134 Table 135 Table 136 Table 137 Table 138 Table 139 Table 140 Table 141 Table 142 Table 143 Table 144 Table 145 Table 146 Table 147 Table 148 Table 149 Table 150 Table 151 Table 152 Table 153 Table 154 Table 155 Table 156 Table 157 Table 158 e go2MONITOR CIS 405 3915 Demodulator Settings cccccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeceeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeescaeeesaeeeeeees 129 GIS 405 3915 FO ature ariista iatna aan a a aa ka iaaa aaia aA E 129 CIS 8181 Characteristics s uraritasiinnn a aaa a a aiaa 129 CIS 8181 Demodulator Settings ceecccecccceeeeeeeeeeneeecaeeeeaaeeeneeseaeeeeaaeseeaeesseeeseaeeeeaaeesenees 130 E GAANG LTE 130 Glovereall GHArACtSriStiCS eege agsgneuteseee gege EES EES 131 Clover I Demodulator Settings cccccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeneecaeeesaaeseeaeeseeeesaeseenaeenenees 131 Clever FO Atures A E E AAE A AE A E A EE A 132 Clover 2000 2500 Characteristics c ccccscssssssssssscssscsceeeseeeseseseaeseeeeeeeseaeaeaeaeeeaeaeaeaeaeaea 132 Clover 2000 Demodulator Settings A 133 Clover 2000 2500 Features iavci scccsevsssvsnessssedsavtecdsdennnsd
91. 85 186 188 189 191 192 193 195 197 198 200 201 202 204 205 206 208 209 210 212 213 215 216 218 219 220 222 223 224 226 227 233 234 236 237 238 240 241 243 244 246 247 249 251 252 254 255 Modem 263 Modem List Editor 24 Modem Search 66 Modem Selection 64 Morse 161 MPT1327 215 Multiple Receivers 16 N NATEL 216 National Instruments 81 NMT450 218 Noxon USB 81 O Olivia 162 Open 28 Option 1 Narrowband Receiver Control 4 Channels 67 Option 2 Wideband Classification 20 MHz 67 Option 3 Automatic Monitoring and Tasking 67 Option 4 Multichannel Production 32 Channels 67 Option 5 Wideband Recording 20 MHz 67 Options 46 67 280 e Index Overview 19 31 P Packet 300 164 PACTOR I 165 PACTOR I FEC 167 PACTOR II 168 PACTOR II FEC 169 PACTOR III 171 Parameters 53 PERSEUS 81 Piccolo MK12 174 Piccolo MK6 172 PLATH DBT 5400 81 Play File Toolbar 29 POCSAG 219 POL ARQ 175 Predefined Window Styles 50 Premium Decoders 229 Print 61 Production Channel 19 PSK10 176 PSK10 AM 178 PSK31 179 R R amp S EB 200 81 R amp S EM 510 81 R amp S EM100 81 RCM 263 Receiver Input 29 Receiver Setup 13 Recognition Decoding Mode 65 Restriction 216 Result Window 59 65 Result Window Toolbar 60 Revisions 3 RFSPACE 81 RTLSDR 81 RUM FEC 180 S Save Decoder Result 60 Saving a Configuration 23 SDR 14 81 SDR IQ 81 Selecting a Frequency for a Channel 30
92. ARQ SWE X X SWED ARQ ARTRAC xX X DUP ARQ ASCII 7Bit X X ascii_7bit_100bd_173hz ver ASCII 8Bit X X ascii_8bit_180bd_500hz ver AUTOSPEC X X autospec ver Baudot sync 200Bd X X baudot_sync_200bd_850hz ver 850Hz Baudot sync 2 stopbit X X baudot_2stopbit_50bd_450hz ver 50Bd 450Hz Baudot sync 2 stopbit xX X baudot_2stopbit_75bd_500hz ver 75Bd 500Hz Baudot async 1 5 Stopbit X X baudot_async_50bd_450hz ver 50Bd 450Hz 84 e Specifications User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 AD e go2MONITOR Modem Det Prod Sameas Modem File Baudot async 1 5 Stopbit X X baudot_async_50bd_170hz ver 50Bd 170Hz Baudot F7B F7B Morse Baudot BEE X X CIS 36 50 BF6 Baudot X X F7B Morse Baudot BULG ASCII X X bulg ascii_75bd_510hz ver CCIR 242 X X ARQ M2 242 ARQ M4 242 CCIR 342 X D ARQ M2 242 CCIR 342 2 X X ARQ M4 242 CCIR 476 A B X X Sitor A Sitor B CCIR 493 4 X X CODAN Selcal CCIR 518 Variant X X SWED ARQ ARQ6 90 ARQ6 98 POL ARQ CCIR 519 Variant ARQ E3 X X CHU X X chu_fsk ver CIS 10 11 11 X X CIS 36 CIS 11 X X cis 11 ver CIS 12 PSK2 X X cis 12_psk2 ver CIS 12 PSK4 X X cis 12_psk4 ver CIS 14 X X cis 14 ver CIS 20 X X CIS 12 CIS 36 X X cis 36 ver CIS 36 50 X X cis 36_50_50bd_250hz ver CIS 405 3915 X X cis_405_ 3915 ver CIS 81 X X CIS 81 81 CIS 81 29 X X CIS 81 81 CIS 81 81 X X cis 81 81_81bd_500h
93. ARQ Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 100 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 400 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 065 Max burst length s 1 700 Min pause length s 0 200 VER file name swed_arqver Table 235 SWED ARQ Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 191 s go2 MONITOR Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 236 SWED ARQ Features TWINPLEX General Information TWINPLEX is a 2 channel frequency domain multiplex ARQ system for data communications Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 4 Symbol rate Bd 50 Error correction ARQ Alphabet ITA 3 Table 237 TWINPLEX Characteristics 15 07 31 500 15 07 32 000 15 07 32 500 15 07 33 000 15 07 33 500 dBFS 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 149 TWINPLEX Spectrogram Demodulator Settings 192 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Demodulator F6 F7B F7B mode Data interleaved Symbol rate Bd 100 SR toler
94. Attention Save the configuration file in your user directory after editing and restart go2MONITOR to apply your changes Multiple Receivers It is possible to show multiple receivers in the input selector To do so all required lt Receiv erxXXX gt lt ReceiverXXX gt sections of the file receiver conf have to be uncommented Attention The receiver numbers of all uncommented receiver sections XXX number in lt ReceiverXXX gt tag have to be changed to form a consecutive range for example Receiver000 gt Receiver000 gt Receiver001 gt Receiver001 gt Receiver002 gt lt Receiver002 gt The following key has to be changed to contain the total number of used receivers lt add key NumberOfReceivers value 3 gt The following key has to be adapted to each receiver in use to provide a unique TCP port The receiver Receiver000 must use port 60301 Receiver001 must use port 60302 etc lt add key PortCxZF value 60301 gt Streaming Sources go2MONITOR can also use TCP IP based streams as its input The supported format is compatible with other products available from the PLATH group The streaming format description can be provided upon request Stream configuration is setup in the file Stream nputs conf The default StreamInputs conf file is located as a read only file in the go2MONITOR installation directory e g C Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR It is not used by
95. BFS 50 100 Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 173 Bandwidth Hz 300 Symbol rate Bd 100 Character 1 Start 7 Data 1 Stop Bit Table 64 ASCII 7 Bit Characteristics 0 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 Figure 91 ASCII 7 Bit Spectrogram Demodulator Settings 400 1000 Hz 600 Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 100 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 173 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous 110 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default VER file name ascii_7bit_100bd_173hz ver Table 65 ASCII 7 Bit Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 66 ASCII 7 Bit Features ASCII 8 Bit General Information The American Standard Code for Information Interchange ASCII is a set of binary values to represent printable characters in electronic communication In a later version of the standard the character length was extended to 8 bit Usage Processing transfer and storage of textual information Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 492 Bandwidth Hz 700 Symbol ra
96. Cal system in the VHF UHF frequency range Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation Multitone Number of tones 12 Coding Character coding Table 303 VDEW Characteristics 15 07 59 000 15 07 59 500 15 08 00 000 15 08 00 500 15 08 01 000 d6F5 0 50 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 D 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 171 VDEW Spectrogram Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 223 go2MONITOR Demodulator Analogue Selcall Tone duration ms 100 TD tolerance ms 10 No of tones 12 SELCAL type VDEW Min burst length s 0 300 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name vdew ver Table 304 VDEW Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 305 VDEW Features VDL 2 General Information The VHF Digital Link VDL Mode 2 is an ICAO standard developed by the Aeronautical Mobile Commu nications Panel AMCP providing data communication between aircraft and ground based systems Aer onautical VHF data links use the band 117 975 137 MHz assigned by the International Telecommunication Union Usage
97. Demodulator DPSK 2 4 8 16 A B Symbol rate Bd 10 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 2 178 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Version A VER file name psk am_1Obd ver Table 208 PSK10 AM Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 209 PSK10 AM Features PSK31 General Information PSK31 is a modem type developed by radio amateurs PSK31 emissions are very narrow band and ro bust against fading effects Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation DBPSK QPSK Bandwidth Hz 50 Symbol rate Bd 31 25 62 5 125 Coding FEC variants Convolutional FEC Table 210 PSK31 Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 179 wo e go2MONITOR 15 07 54 000 15 07 54 500 15 07 55 000 15 07 55 500 15 07 56 000 dBFS o 50 100 200 175 150 125 100 75 50 25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 Hz Figure 140 PSK31 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator DPSK 2 4 8 16 A B Symbol rate Bd 31 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 2 Version A VER file name psk31
98. Directory The software uses the station database available in the user directory go2Signals go2MONITOR station db All changes are stored in this file If this file is not available then the default da tabase located in the program directory will be copied to the user directory If no database is available in the program directory then a new empty database will be created in the user directory Options The button lt Options gt will open a menu with additional functions Delete Selected The selected datasets will be deleted but are still available in the database Delete All All datasets will be deleted but are still available in the database Show only Deleted Only deleted stations are displayed 46 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2MONITOR Import and Export of Data If new station data are available from an external source these can be imported to the stations list The station data have to be in a specific csv file format with the as separator They are written to the file Station db in the user directory The contents of the station list can be exported to a comma separated csv file See Station List CSV File on page 78 for more details on the csv file To refresh the screen after an import move the slider on the right Import CSV file Suchen in go2MONITOR 1 20 4 e 4 Simageformats Zuletzt modems verwendete D sqidrivers CD TestScripts xskt Eigene Dateien 9
99. Display the control windows to set the parameter of the spectrogram and spectrum window Stations Display the station list Help Menu Contents Contents provides help user manual About Display the About screen Input Selection go2MONITOR File Views Help H Frequency tt Time sat Amplitude J Zoom Magnifier H Pause Autorange H l Settings ds Add channel Record Input PERSEUS 1 y Frequency 4 583kHz gt 4000 Bandwidth 100 kHz e Figure 25 Input Selection Box All defined receivers and streaming sources are displayed in the dropdown menu of the toolbar field Input of the GUI starting with the receivers followed by the streaming sources and the file and can be selected at any time User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 27 go2MONITOR T go2MONITOR File Views Help tHe Frequency Eb Time tet Amplitude Zoom Magn Input File F D Play fie mm be PERSEUS 1 g go2DECODE NA stream Q2RECORD stream Figure 26 Input Selection File Input When selecting a File as input the toolbar will provide functions according to the following figure M ehr File Views Help tHe Frequency He Time pE Amplitude zoom Magnifier Hl Pase Autorange Settings d Addchannel Record gai Een mm MI T Tee reegt 10 el QB Figure 27 File Input Functions A mouse click on the button lt Play File gt opens the Add signal files dialog Open Add signal files Such
100. Drucken Allgemein Drucker ausw hlen El 3 Drucker hinzuf gen hp deskjet 990c Microsoft XPS Document Writer C Ausgabe in Datei umleiten Status Standort Einstellungen Sa Seitenbereich Alles Anzahl Exemplare 1 S O Seten 1 Ge at 7 Geben Sie entweder eine Seitenzahl oder i enen Sekenbereich ein Z B 5 12 Figure 64 Print Dialog Wrap text This function changes the line break of the text If the function is active button has grey background data is displayed within the window without a slide bar at the bottom User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Channel Window e 61 go2MONITOR A laliouts v Noden search started 28 02 1 Silent 5 Modem sear arted 2 cox t e Search text Search text Modem search stopped 13 0 11 547 Modem search stopped 28 02 13 09 54 01 547 C clear New frequency 4611 00 kHz gg New frequency 4611 00 kHz New frequency 4610 51 kHz New frequency 4610 51 kHz Decoding start DUP ARQ 125Bd 170Hz 28 02 13 28 02 13 09 59 47 390 Wrap text New frequency 4589 00 kHz Text o New frequency 4589 00 kHz Grext only_ Decoding end DUP ARQ 125Bd 170Hz 28 02 13 1 Decoding end DUP ARQ 125Bd 170Hz 28 02 1 10 00 00 14 New frequency 4583 00 kHz v New frequency 4583 00 kHz d D s 7 ai sl Met A Prev QP Highlight V Next 4 Prev Highlight Figure 65 Decoder Results With Line Break on the right Text On
101. ELTS Modulation FFSK Number of tones 2 Symbol rate Bd 512 1200 2400 Coding BCH 31 21 Alphabet ITA 5 Table 294 POCSAG Characteristics 15 07 58 500 15 07 59 000 15 07 59 500 15 08 00 000 15 08 00 500 H Hu 0 0000000 d6F5 D 50 100 9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 D 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Hz Figure 168 POCSAG Spectrogram Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 219 go2MONITOR Parameter Default Demodulator FSK2 matched Symbol rate Bd 1200 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 8500 Shift tolerance Hz 500 Modem type Synchronous VER file name pocsag_1200bd ver Table 295 POCSAG Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 296 POCSAG Features TETRA General Information TErrestrial TRunked rAdio TETRA is a standard for digital voice and data mobile communication over radio The standard has been released by ETSI organisation More than 100 countries across Europe Middle East Africa Asia Pacific Caribbean and Latin America are using TETRA systems The standard is being updated and extended continuously by ETSI Usage Commun
102. F UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 272 EIA Features Euro General Information Euro is an SelCal supplement to the analog voice transmission capability which enables an operator to address his call to single subscribers or groups Usage Narrowband FM SelCal system in the VHF UHF frequency range Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation Multitone Number of tones 16 Coding Character coding Table 273 Euro Characteristics 15 07 32 500 15 07 33 000 15 07 33 500 15 07 34 000 dBFS 0 50 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 D 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 161 Euro Spectrogram Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 209 go2MONITOR Demodulator Analogue Selcall Tone duration ms 100 TD tolerance ms 5 No of tones 11 SELCAL type Euro Min burst length s 0 400 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 Min burst SNR dB 3 VER file name euro ver Table 274 Euro Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range
103. F UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 254 CCITT Features CTCSS General Information The Continuous Tone Coded Squelch System CTCSS was developed for use with analog voice radios Analog radios equipped with the CTCSS system transmit a tone simultaneously with the voice signal CTCSS radios enable the selection of particular radio units by recognition of the CTCSS tones CTCSS tones are standardized by the EIA TIA but some systems use non standard tones Usage Analog voice radio with station selection Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation Multi tone Number of tones 38 Table 255 CTCSS Characteristics 15 07 37 500 15 07 38 000 15 07 38 500 15 07 39 000 15 07 39 500 w Les e 0 0000000 BFS 50 100 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 Hz Figure 155 CTCSS Spectrogram User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 201 go2MONITOR Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Voice Voice mode F3E SELCAL type CTCSS Sensitivity Middle VER file name cicss ver Table 256 CTCSS Demodulator Set
104. FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 1200 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 800 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 205 go2MONITOR Parameter Default Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 300 Max burst length s 0 600 Min pause length s 0 100 VER file name dsc vhf ver Table 265 DSC VHF Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment VHF yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 266 DSC Features EEA General Information The EEA SelCal standard was defined by the Electronic Engineering Association UK Usage Narrowband FM SelCal system in the VHF UHF frequency range Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation Multitone Number of tones 16 Coding Character coding Table 267 EEA Characteristics 206 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2 MONITOR 15 07 32 000 15 07 32 500 15 07 33 000 15 07 33 500 15 07 34 000 dBFS 0 50 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 159 EEA Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Analogue Selcall Tone duration ms 40 TD toleranc
105. Features MIL M 55529A General Information MIL M 55529A is a synchronous FSK mode built into GRC MD522 teletypewriter sets This mode is also known as MD 522 NB WB Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties 08 47 59 500 08 48 00 000 08 48 00 500 08 48 01 000 08 48 01 500 d6F5 50 100 Modulation FSK Tones 2 NB WB Shift Hz 85 850 Bandwidth Hz 200 1000 Center Frequency Hz 2804 2000 Symbol rate Baud 50 75 100 110 Data rate bit s 28 42 32 48 55 61 64 70 Alphabet ITA2 ITA5 Table 330 MIL M 55529A Characteristics D H 0 0000000 0 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Hz Figure 185 MIL M 55529A Spectrogram 240 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Demodulator Settings Parameter NB WB Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Baud 100 SR tolerance Baud 10 Shift Hz 85 850 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 100 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 VER file name mil55529a ver Table 331 MIL M 55529A Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem
106. Frequency Bandwidth FSK2 45 159 41 Bd 168 Hz 10735 12 kHz 2148 Hz No matching modems found _ o gt om Figure 48 Channel Window with Four Channels Predefined Window Styles Result lt Empty gt In the channel view different display types can be applied Each style changes the arrangement of window components The figure below displays each channel in a different display style from top to bottom min imal view horizontal view vertical view 50 e Channel Window User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Channels Channel 1 O 5 w welt B comer t06e4 0me Fi DBD bt el gt mode Classification s WI Bee Sor Com am Ome E Status Classification Modulation FSK2 Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt S Channel 2 SCDE oi Ole B center ns fi dl r zi KI Mode Classification Je u Be r Rm 0RR Classification result History Modulation FSK2 87 Symbol rate 49 94 Bd Shift 196 Hz Frequency 10712 20 kHz Bandwidth 732 Hz SNR 37 dB Signal time 25 02 13 13 49 01 10708 0 10710 0 i 10714 0 10716 0 tie No matching modems found 0 gt amp m E Status Classification Modulation FSK2 Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Channel 3 BS wh ole B Center 10735 01 Fi d ioke zl EI Mode Classification sw SW Boe er Gm Gol ax Classification result History Modulation FSK2 50 Symbol rate 65 62 Bd Shift 266 Hz Frequency 10735 37 kHz Ban
107. IN File BIN File SE ale_2g_form_c bin CHN4Plus4 bin hc arq bin linkl1 bin _ STANAG_5065_FSK bin J mil555529a bin _ MIL_STD_188_110B 16Ton bin _ MIL_STD_188_110B_39Tone bin MIL_STD_188_110B_kbs bin STANAG4197 bin _ STANAG4285_kbs bin STANAG4415 bin STANAG4481_FSK bin STANAG4481_PSK bin STANAG4529_kbs bin STANAG4539 HDR bin ANA W_kb bin 9 07 2013 12 22 Figure 177 go2DECODE Code Directory Check c Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2DECODE n n n modems Premium for new sub directories like stanag4285 stanag4539 etc Each directory should contain a ver file m Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2DECODE3 4 0 modems Premium gt e etl eet ee A with Burn New folder Name Date modified Type J ale 2 chn4plus4 J he arg di link 11 Ji mil188 110_16tone dJi mil188 110_39tone dJi mil m 55529a Ji stanag_5065_fsk A stanag4197 Ji stanag4285 J stanag4415 Ji stanag4481_fsk 1 stanag4481_psk J stanag4529 Ji stanag4539 1 stanag4539 hdr 31 0 8 42 m Figure 178 go2DECODE Premium Modem Directory Check whether the ver files have been copied to CAProgramFiles x86 go2SIGNALS go2DECODE n n n modems Premium xxx Start go2DECODE now Stop decoding Add now all the required Premium Decoders to you modem list Select Modem Load Modem from file add i e go2DECODE n n n modems Premium stanag4285 stanag
108. K8 is a mode for digital data communication in the amateur radio domain 158 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 w go2MONITOR Usage Transfer of textual information by radio amateurs over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 32 Tone spacing Hz 7 8125 Bandwidth Hz 330 Symbol rate Bd 7 8125 Error correction FEC Table 165 MFSK8 Characteristics 15 06 46 000 15 06 46 500 15 06 47 000 15 06 47 500 15 06 48 000 dBFS 0 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Figure 125 MFSK8 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Multitone MFSK Tone duration ms 128 TD tolerance ms 0 No of tones 32 Tone position type Equidistant frequencies Tone distance Hz 7 813 VER file name mfsk 8 ver Table 166 MFSK8 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 159 go2MONITOR Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 167 MFSK8 Features MFSK16 General Information MFSK 16 is a mode for digital data communication in the amateur radio domain Usage Transfer of textual information by radio amateurs over HF
109. MONITOR 1 2 Channel Window e 53 go2MONITOR Parameter Lines second Description Number of spectrums that can be calculated and displayed within one second This parame ter sets the time resolution for the spectrogram which is directly related to the scroll speed of the display Pause In Pause the display is stopped not the signal processing A change of parameters is possi ble for a more detailed analysis of the current signal Auto range Automatic setting of the displayed range to view the total amplitude Table 11 Spectrogram Settings Channels Parameter high band width accuracy Rectangle Hanning Hamming Kaiser Blackman low Flat Top band width accuracy low magnitude accuracy good magnitude accuracy Figure 54 Windowing 54 e Channel Window User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Cursor Parameters Cursor Extras 2 Cursor mode v _ Delta X Cursor Cursor1 10 709 500 00 Hz Cursor2 10 714 500 00 Hz Diff Cur 1 2 5 000 00 Hz Inv diff Total diff 5 000 00 Hz 2 Cursor Cursort 13 02 25 13 55 06 379 Cursor2 13 02 25 13 55 11 876 Diff Cur 1 2 00 00 05 497 Inv diff 0 182 Hz Total diff 00 00 05 497 gt Pause Autorange Figure 55 Spectrogram Settings Channels Cursors In this window the cursor functions can be set up It provides also the function to zoom in and out to the display Curso
110. Move When selecting the menu item Move the spectrum can be dragged to the left or right side Magnifier After selecting a rectangle area of the spectrogram with this menu item a new window will be opened displaying the selected area Set channel 1 to this frequency When selecting this menu item the channel 1 will be displayed The fre quency under the mouse cursor will be the center frequency of the chan nel window Set channel 2 to this frequency When selecting this menu item the channel 2 will be displayed The fre quency under the mouse cursor will be the center frequency of the chan nel window Set channel 3 to this frequency When selecting this menu item the channel 3 will be displayed The fre quency under the mouse cursor will be the center frequency of the chan nel window Set channel 4 to this frequency When selecting this menu item the channel 4 will be displayed The fre quency under the mouse cursor will be the center frequency of the chan nel window User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Table 4 Context Menu Spectrogram Main Screen e 33 D go2MONITOR Spectrogram Settings Parameters Spectrogram settings Parameters Cursor Extras Maximum level 75 0 dB Minimum level 135 0 dB FFT length 1024 Exp average 70 000 Windowing Hamming Lines second Display mode Lines Time C Aggregation pause Figure 34 Spectrogram Settings Parameter
111. NAG 4285 X X stanag4285 ver STANAG 4415 X X stanag4415 ver STANAG 4481 FSK X X stanag4481_fsk ver STANAG 4481 PSK X X stanag4481_psk ver STANAG 4529 X X stanag4529 ver STANAG 4539 X X stanag4539 ver STANAG 4539 HDR X X stanag4539 hdr ver STANAG 5065 X X stanag_5065_fsk ver STANAG 5066 X X included in STANAG 4285 STANAG 5511 X X LINK11 CLEW User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Specifications e 89 go2MONITOR Modem Det Prod Sameas Modem File STANAG 5511 SLEW X X LINK11 SLEW TADIL A X X LINK11 CLEW TADIL B X X LINK11 CLEW Table 27 Premium Decoders Note For Premium decoders the source code is not available 90 e Specifications User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Standard Decoders HF Version History Release Date Editor History 1 0 2013 07 05 MBu Start Available Decoders Alcatel 801H General Information Alcatel 801H is an 8 tone MFSK ARQ teleprinter system Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 8 Tone length ms 10 Tone spacing Hz 100 Table 28 Alcatel 801H Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 91 Ka go2MONITOR 15 04 01 000 15 04 01 500 15 04 02 000 15 04 02 500 15 04 03 000 15 04 03 500 15 04 04 000 D DI r 0 0000000 d6F5 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800
112. NAGS5511_SLEW_kb bin m Figure 175 go2MONITOR Decoder Directory Check whether the ver files have been copied to c Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR m m m modems Type BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR1 2 0 modems Ba E Keeper kasten _ vith v Burn New folder e Name Date modified _ tetrapol ver L 1 vdew ver LJ vdl2 ver O vdB ver U zvei ver O alever m chn4plus4 ver he arq ver link 11_clew ver 1 link 11_slew ver _ mil188 110_16tone ver _ mil188 110_39tone ver mil m 55529a ver LJ stanag4197 ver LU stanag4285 ver stanag4415 ver stanag4481_fsk ver _ stanag4481_psk ver O stanag4529 ver stanag4539 ver J stanag4539 hdr ver Type VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File VER File Figure 176 go2MONITOR Modem Directory Start go2MONITOR now Select All Modems in Recognition Decoding Check whether MIL and STANAG modems are available Modify Create your own modem lists add the required modems Manual Select in the Premium Decoder pa
113. NITOR Receiver Interface Comment GEW GRX LAN LAN See manual for IP settings instructions IZT R30XX LAN Initialization of the receiver start streaming to the specific IP IZT R32XX address has to be done by using IZT control software Also fre IZT R83XX quency and bandwidth has to be controlled by using IZT control software See below for IP settings instructions Microtelecom PERSEUS USB National Instruments ask Other generic Winrad Ex Experimental support tlO supported receivers PLATH DBT 5400 VDC ask R amp S EB 200 ask R amp S EM 510 ask R amp S EM100 LAN See manual for IP settings instructions RFSPACE SDR 14 USB User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Specifications e 81 go2MONITOR Receiver Interface Comment RFSPACE SDR IQ USB RTLSDR Noxon USB stick USB Experimental support WiNRADiO WR G31DDC USB PCI WiNRADiO WR G39DDC USB PCI WJ 86XX ask WJ 87XX ask Table 21 List of Supported Receivers Classifier Technical Parameters Specification Recognition quality EB No for a detection rate gt 90 and false alarms lt 1 Max signal bandwidth HF 20 kHz V UHF 50 kHz Min carrier to noise ratio 6 dB J3E LSB USB A3E AM F3E NFM Morse 30 250 CPM FSK2 HF 25 4800 Bd 11 15 dB V UHF 1 2 25 kBd m 0 5 10 FSK4 HF 25 4800 Bd 11 15dB V UHF 1 2 25 kBd MSK HF 25 4800 Bd V UHF 1 2 25 kBd Multitone FSKn 3
114. NITOR Parameter Default Max burst length s 0 260 Min pause length s 0 200 VER file name arq_6 90 ver Table 38 ARQ 6 90 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 39 ARQ 6 90 Features ARQ 6 98 General Information ARQ 6 98 is an ARQ mode similar to SITOR for the exchange of teletype data over a radio channel in a robust way Usage Basic data communication over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 200 Bandwidth Hz 400 Symbol rate Bd 200 Error correction ARQ Alphabet CCIR 476 Table 40 ARQ 6 98 Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 97 W go2MONITOR 15 04 15 5UU 15 04 19 000 15 04 19 500 15 04 20 000 15 04 20 500 16421 ANN 00 0000000 dBF5 o 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 Figure 82 ARQ 6 98 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 200 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 170 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 065 Max burst length s 0 260 Min pause length s 0 150 VER file name arq_6 98 ver
115. NITOR Table 47 ARQ E3 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 48 ARQ E3 Features ARQ M2 242 General Information ARQ M2 242 is a synchronous full duplex time division multiplex system designed for low error rate ex change of textual data between two stations of governmental authorities Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 430 Bandwidth Hz 600 800 Symbol rate Bd 96 200 Alphabet ITA 3 Table 49 ARQ M2 242 Characteristics 102 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR 15 05 49 500 15 05 50 000 15 05 50 500 15 05 51 000 15 05 51 500 dBFS 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 Figure 86 ARQ M2 242 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 96 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 430 Shift tolerance Hz 30 Modem type Synchronous VER file name arq_m2_242_96bd_430hz ver Table 50 ARQ M2 242 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adj
116. PreCarrierPosition gt lt PrePreCarrierDuration gt 9 99999997e 07 lt PrePreCarrierDuration gt lt PostCarrierPosition gt 1 lt PostCarrierPosition gt lt PostCarrierDuration gt 9 99999975e 06 lt PostCarrierDuration gt lt PostPostCarrierPosition gt 1 lt PostPostCarrierPosition gt lt PostPostCarrierDuration gt 9 99999997e 07 lt PostPostCarrierDuration gt lt FMBandwidth gt 7000 lt FMBandwidth gt lt Deemphasis gt 1 lt Deemphasis gt lt FHSS FreqResolution gt 1 lt FHSS FreqResolution gt lt FHSS FreqDistance gt 1 lt FHSS FreqDistance gt lt FHSS NumberOfFreqs gt 1 lt FHSS NumberOfFreqs gt lt OFDMNumberOfChannels gt 4 lt OFDMNumberOfChannels gt lt OFDMNumberOfSpecialChannels gt 0 lt OFDMNumberOfSpecialChannels gt lt OFDMChannelModulationType gt 11 lt OFDMChannelModulationType gt lt OFDMPhaseFirstChannel gt 0 lt OFDMPhaseFirstChannel gt lt OFDMPhaseRotationPerChannel gt 0 lt OFDMPhaseRotationPerChannel gt lt OFDMFrequencyFirstChannel gt 0 lt OFDMFrequencyFirstChannel gt lt OFDMFrequencyRotationPerChannel gt 0 lt OFDMFrequencyRotationPerChannel gt lt OFDMSpecialChannelIdx gt 0 lt OFDMSpecialChannellIdx gt lt OFDMSpecialChannelModulation gt 0 lt OFDMSpecialChannelModulation gt lt OFDMSpecialChannelPilotPhase gt 0 lt OFDMSpecialChannelPilotPhase gt lt OFDMSpecialChannelLevel gt 0 lt OFDMSpecialChannelLevel gt lt EnergyPatternDescription gt lt EnergyPatternDescription gt lt ExtMo
117. S CH dBFS 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 93 AUTOSPEC Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 68 5 SR tolerance Bd 1 Shift Hz 270 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name autospec ver Table 71 AUTOSPEC Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 113 W go2MONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 72 AUTOSPEC Features Baudot async General Information The asynchronous Baudot mode is a means to transfer printable characters over a communication chan nel Synchronisation in this case is achieved by the use of a Start Bit which has the polarity reverse to the Stop Bit and the Idle State Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 450 850 Bandwidth Hz 800 1500 Symbol rate Bd 50 75 100 Character 1 Start 5 Data 1 1 5 2 Stop Bit Table 73 Baudot async Characteristics 114 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR 15 04 48 000 15 04 48 500 15 04 49 000 15 04 49 500 15 04 50 000 dBFS 0 50 100
118. Setting a Center Frequency 29 Setting the Receiver Attenuation 30 Setting the Receiver Bandwidth 29 Settings 25 Setup 5 Show only Deleted 46 SI ARQ 182 SI FEC 183 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Signal Detection and Segmentation 39 Signal Selection 19 Signal Sources 12 SITOR A 185 SITOR B 186 SLEW 263 SNR 263 SP14 188 Specifications 81 Spectrogram Settings 27 32 53 Spectrogram Settings Cursor 35 Spectrogram Settings Extras 37 Spectrogram Settings Parameters 34 Spectrum and Spectrogram 31 SPREAD 51 189 STANAG 4197 244 STANAG 4285 246 STANAG 4415 247 STANAG 4481 249 STANAG 4529 251 STANAG 4539 252 STANAG 4539 HDR 254 STANAG 5065 254 Standard Decoders HF 91 Standard Decoders VHF UHF 195 Station List CSV File 78 Stations 27 43 Status 92 94 95 97 98 100 102 103 105 106 108 109 111 112 114 115 117 118 120 121 123 124 126 127 129 130 132 133 136 137 139 140 142 143 144 146 147 149 150 151 153 154 156 157 158 159 161 162 163 165 166 168 169 170 172 173 175 176 177 179 180 181 183 184 186 187 189 190 192 193 194 196 198 199 201 202 203 204 206 207 209 210 211 213 214 216 217 219 220 221 223 224 225 227 228 234 235 237 238 239 241 242 244 245 247 248 250 252 253 256 Stream Input 30 Streaming Sources 16 Supported Receivers 81 SWED ARQ 190 System 81 T Technical Parameters 40
119. Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 84 CHU Features CIS 11 General Information CIS 11 is a full duplex teleprinter system used in former CIS Commonwealth of Independent States Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 500 Symbol rate Bd 100 Error correction Parity Alphabet ITA 2 Table 85 CIS 11 Characteristics 120 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR 15 05 05 000 15 05 05 500 15 05 06 000 15 05 06 500 15 05 07 000 erz o 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 98 CIS 11 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 100 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 500 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name cis 11 ver Table 86 CIS 11 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 87 CIS 11 Features Us
120. Table 270 Table 271 Table 272 Table 273 Table 274 e go2MONITOR SI ARQ Demodulator Settings A 183 SEARO RE EE 183 SIFFEG GaracteriSticSiccccoscasavig eege dere 183 SI FEC Demodulator Gettings AA 184 E e TEE 184 SITOR A Character iStics r e a a aA a a Eea A a E 185 SITOR A Demodulator Setting AE 186 SITMOR A FOaturS aa a a aa a aaa a A aE E EEAO E 186 SITOR B CHaracteriStiCS aerea aa aa aae n E a a E aa a EE tees 186 SITOR B Demodulator Setting AE 187 STOR B EE 187 SP14 EEEE E AEA A gege ee AER 188 SP14 Demodulator Settings E 189 EE WEE 189 SPREAD 51 GharacteriStiCs crto vsksesandcsenentiaeuand oatienta aeons a aa aE 189 SPREAD 51 Demodulator Gettinges eest eest nsr nernssrnssrnsstnssrnnstnsstnnsrnnstnnsrnnnnnne 190 SPREAD 51 Features 190 SWED ARQ Characteristics cccccccc cece cece cece eececceccsceaeee seus ceeeeuceaueesesseeeseuauaaaeseseeeueeaneaeseees 191 SWED ARQ Demodulator Geitnges eese rest nest netnstnssrnsstnssrnnsrnnsnnnsrnnsnnnnnnnsn nat 191 SWED ARQ Features c ccccssesssssssscssscsceeeseseeeseseeeeeseseseauseeeeeaeeeaeseaeaeaeaeeeseaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaea 192 TWINPLEX Characteristics c0cccccc cece cece eecececceececeseeeeeceeeeesuseeaeeuecesseseeaueaeaseeeeeesaeauaeseeeeeeees 192 TWINPLEX Demodulator Settings c ccccccceeseeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeesaaeeeeaaesseeeeseaeeesaeeseeeeeaes 193 TWINPLEX Features 193 Visel Characteristics ccccccce cc ccccccceeecececccececeaeeeeec
121. Table 41 ARQ 6 98 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 42 ARQ 6 98 Features 98 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 ARQ E General Information W go2MONITOR ARQ E is a synchronous dual channel ARQ mode for the exchange of teletype data over a radio channel in a robust way Usage Military or diplomatic data communication over HF Mode Properties 15 04 34 500 15 04 35 000 15 04 35 500 15 04 36 000 15 04 36 500 dBFS 100 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 170 370 Bandwidth Hz 300 600 Symbol rate Bd 30 650 Error correction ARQ Alphabet ITA 2 extended Table 43 ARQ E Characteristics 400 200 Figure 83 ARQ E cyc4 Spectrogram 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Standard Decoders HF e 99 ge e go2MONITOR 15 04 56 500 15 04 57 000 15 04 57 500 15 04 58 000 15 04 58 500 lt a d6F5 D 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 84 ARQ E cyc8 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 85 7 185 SR tolerance Bd
122. User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 by PLATH AG Switzerland go2MONITOR D go2 MONITOR Imprint PLATH AG Stauffacherstrasse 65 CH 3014 Bern Phone 41 311 6446 www go2signals ch info go2signals ch All brand names in this document are trademarks or registered trademarks of their owners 2013 PLATH AG All rights including those for translation reserved Reproduction in whole or in part in any form is prohibit ed without written consent of the copyright owner Specifications are subject to change All rights reserved Printed 5 August 2013 e go2 MONITOR General 1 Welcome to goo2MONITOR 1 QO2ZSIGNAL EE 2 POUT US dee eege Eege Eege 3 PROVISIONS 52 cs cecedt eege eege EE ege Ee 3 Setup 5 asics Le 5 Connecting the Dongle ssssseesseesseesseesressrestnnssnnstnnstnnssnnnsnnssnnssnnnnnnnnnnnssnna nnna 12 BEE 12 Ee Elle 12 Receiver Setup cccecceesceceeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeaeesneeesaeessaaeseeneessaees 13 Streaming Sources cccceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeneeceeeeesaaeseeaeeceeeeeseaeeeeaeeseneeeaas 16 Overview 19 BEI EE 19 Signal Selecto N EE 19 Production Channel 19 Main Screen 21 OTI RO 23 Fle On EE 23 Saving a Contiouraiion nssr nssrnernssrnssrnnsrnnsrnnsrnnsrnnnnns 23 Loading a Configuration ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeeseeseeeeesaas 23 Modem Ust Edito oessa Geceexbeaseetensdebecsis 24 SOULS EE 25 Views MG UE 26 Channel Proceseing 27 ClASSITIC ie EE 2
123. X X ALIS RUM FEC x X rum fec_165bd ver SI ARQ X X si arq ver SI FEC X X si fec ver SITOR A X X sitor a_170hz ver SITOR ARQ X X SITOR A SITOR B 100Bd 170Hz X X sitor b_100bd_170hz ver SITOR B 100Bd 400Hz xX X sitor b_100bd_400hz ver SITOR FEC X X SITOR B SP14 X X sp14 ver SPREAD 11 X X Autospec SPREAD 21 X X Autospec SPREAD 51 X X spread51 ver Saud FEC X X RUM FEC SWED ARQ X X swed_arq ver T 600 X X CIS 36 50 TDM 242 X X ARQ M2 242 ARQ M4 242 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Specifications e 87 go2MONITOR Modem Det Prod Sameas Modem File TDM 342 X X ARQ M2 342 ARQ M4 342 TDM 342 1 Channel X X ARQ E3 TOR dirty X X Sitor B TORG 10 11 X X CIS 11 Twinplex X X twinplex ver Visel X X visel ver Voice A3E X X voice_a3e ver Voice A3E J3E X X voice_a3e_j3e ver YUG MIL X X Visel Table 25 HF Standard Decoders Modem Det Prod Same as Modem File AIS X X ais ver ACARS VHF X X acars_vhf ver CCITT X X ccitt ver CCIR 1 X X ccir ver CCIR 2 X X ccir 2 ver CityRuf X X POCSAG CTCSS X X ctcss ver DSC VHF X X dsc vhf ver DMR X X dmr ver dPMR X X dpmr ver DZVEI X X EEA X X eea ver EIA X X eia ver EURO X X euro ver EURO5 X X EURO Flex 1600Bd FSK2 X X flex_1600bd_fsk2 ver Flex 1600Bd PSK2A X X flex_1600bd_psk2a ver FMS BOS X X fms_bos ver GMDSS VHF X X DSC VHF Golay Pager X X golay_pager ver MPT131
124. aeseeeeeeaueaaeseeeeseeaeanees 177 PSK10 Demodulator Settings ccccccceeceeeceeeeeeeeceeeeecaeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeedeaeeseneeesaeeesaeeseneeee 177 PSK 10 Fester sees ee ENEE EE 178 PSK10 AM Characteristics 0 cccccccccccccceccecceceeeeeeceseesseaeaeeeseceeeeueeaueeseeseeseeeauaaaeseeeeeesaeanees 178 PSK10 AM Demodulator Gettinmges setene tetrttentttnttnntnnstnnnnnstnnnennnsnnsnnnnnn 179 PSKIOAM EE 179 PSK3 k Ghat aClenS DEn d eebe 179 PSK31 Demodulator Settings AANEREN 180 GW EL 180 RUM FEC Characteristics is iiclircscciccess cocennassiiecenmacinnnsassaccusaxcctisbyaycvaciaascdelensvectnensateusivssauceatbines 181 RUM FEC Demodulator Gettings AA 181 RUM FEC CAL URCS aeee contacted can camels AE EEA EA A eaubieudwyaeneteinds 182 el Ehre Heescherei e eaa ae badass 182 274 e List of Tables User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Table 217 Table 218 Table 219 Table 220 Table 221 Table 222 Table 223 Table 224 Table 225 Table 226 Table 227 Table 228 Table 229 Table 230 Table 231 Table 232 Table 233 Table 234 Table 235 Table 236 Table 237 Table 238 Table 239 Table 240 Table 241 Table 242 Table 243 Table 244 Table 245 Table 246 Table 247 Table 248 Table 249 Table 250 Table 251 Table 252 Table 253 Table 254 Table 255 Table 256 Table 257 Table 258 Table 259 Table 260 Table 261 Table 262 Table 263 Table 264 Table 265 Table 266 Table 267 Table 268 Table 269
125. aiae naei Eiin 159 MFSK16 Spectrogram esneari niaaa aanraden aies 160 Morse Epecttogtanmt cc sai cepieceans ct taces tenvedien ccs ta ece sth aaia aa aai aaar aeia aiea 162 UE ere TC AT 163 Packet 300 Spectrogram ccccccccseceeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeecaaeeeeaeeseeeeesaesesaaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeneaeeeeaes 164 PACTOR Spectrogram c ccccccceesceeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeneeceaeeeeaaeseeaaesgeeeecaaesseaaeseeneeseaeeeeaeeneaeeenaes 166 PACTOR FEC Spectrogram cccccccccceceeeceeeeeeeeneeceeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeseaeeesaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeneaeeteaes 167 PACTOR II Spectrogram 0 cccecccececeeeeeeeceneeeeeaeeeeneeeeaeeeeeaeseeaaeseeeeceaeseeaaesgeeeeseaeeeeaeeneaeeesees 169 PACTOR II FEC Spectrogram ccsccccccceceeeceeeeeeeneeceeeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeesaaeeeeeaeseeeeeseeeesaeeneaeeesaes 170 PACTOR III Spe CtroQram 0 cccceceesceeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeneeseeeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeseaeeesaaeseeeeeseeeesiaeeneeeeeaes 171 Piccolo MK6 Spectrogram cccccceeceeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeeenaeeeeeeeeaes 173 Piccolo MK12 Spectrogram cccceceeeneeceeeceeaeeeeneeceeeeecaaeeeeaeeseaeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeneeeeeees 174 POL ARQ SpeOCtrOgram EE 176 PSK10 SPOCtro Qa TEE 177 PSK10 AM Spectrogram c ccccccceesceeeeeeeceeeeeeaeseeeeeceeeeeeaaesseneeseaeeesaaeseeaaeseeneeseaeeeeaeeneaeeesaes 178 PSK31 Spectrogram NEEN NEEN dee EE 180 RUM FEG Spectrogram E 181 SIFARQ Spectrogram EE 182 Eed ele
126. ain Decibel is used to indicate the level of acoustic or electromagnetic waves or electronic signals The logarithmic scale can characterize very big or very small numbers with short notation The dB level can be viewed as relative gain or attenuation of one level vs a second or absolute logarithmic scale level for well Known reference levels Decibel is a dimensionless unit The ratio in Bel is the base 10 logarithm of the ratio of P1 to PO Ratio dB 10 log P1 PO DDC In digital signal processing a Digital Down Converter converts a digitized real signal centered at an inter mediate frequency to a baseband complex signal centered at zero frequency In addition to down conversion DDC s typically decimate signals to a lower sampling rate DDL The Decoder Description Language is a programming language developed by Procitec for the easy im plementation of modems A compiler converts the source code into binary intermediate code which is in terpreted by the application DHCP The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP is a network protocol used to configure devices that are connected to a network known as hosts so they can communicate on that network using the Internet Protocol IP It involves clients and a server operating in a client server model FEC The Forward Error Correcting code is a method to increase the reliability of data exchange Additional da ta is appended to the original data which can be used to
127. ain toolbar played in the toolbar Channels Default Mode Select the default mode to be used if if a new channel is opened Available are Classification Decoding Recognition Decoding Classification Recognition Decoding Automatic delay in Classification Recogni tion Decoding Automatically buffer the signal delay between the Spectro gram and the DDC channel This gives you the chance to start the decoding from the beginning of the transmission even if you lost some time in the detection Channel grid in spectro gram Grid used if you select a channel by double click or by moving the center line in the spectrogram User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 25 s e go2MONITOR Group Seiting Description Decoder results Font Select the font used for the text output font font style size ef fects and writing system Reset Font Reset the font to Courier New 8 Channel markers Color Select the color used to mark the channel in the spectrogram Line width Select between single double or triple width of the lines used to mark the channel in the spectrogram Recordings Default directory for re Select the directory where recordings are stored cordings Set to default Sets the recording path to the user directory Use generated file name Choose between automatically generated file names Ask for the file name Date___frequency_bw or if you l
128. alog mobile telephone system developed by Telecommunications Administrations of Denmark Finland Norway and Sweden Usage Public mobile phone network on UHF 450 MHz 900 MHz with some restrictions Mode Properties Modulation FFSK Shift Hz 600 Symbol rate Bd 1200 Coding Convolutional FEC Table 291 NMT450 Characteristics 15 09 11 500 15 09 12 000 15 09 12 500 15 09 13 000 15 09 13 500 4 p 00 0000000 d6F5 0 50 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 THz Figure 167 NMT450 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator G MSK Type MSK Symbol rate Bd 1200 SR tolerance Bd 100 VER file name nmt450 ver Table 292 NMT450 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range 218 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 ge e go2MONITOR Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 293 NMT450 Features POCSAG General Information The Post Office Code Standard Advisory Group POCSAG pager defines the format used to encode messages and the standards for message transmission Usage Pager in the VHF UHF frequency range used by PTT administrations Mode Properties Parameter V
129. am gt liInput_0 gt nput_1 gt key Type value STREAM gt key IP value 127 0 0 1 gt key Port value 60100 gt key DisplayName value go2RECORD stream gt lInput_1 gt lt appSettings gt lt configuration gt This configuration file defines two streaming sources in sections lt Signallnput_O gt lt Signallnput_O gt lt Signallnput_1 gt lt Signallnput_1 gt To add new streaming sources add further tags Signallnput_2 Signallnput_3 Each Signallnput_X tag can contain the following parameters lt add key Type value STREAM gt mandatory the type is always STREAM lt add key IP value 127 0 0 1 gt mandatory the IP address of the streaming source lt add key Port value 60100 gt mandatory the TCP port of the streaming source lt add key DisplayName value go2RECORD stream gt mandatory the descriptive name of the source which will be displayed in the GUI lt add key Cut value 500000 gt optional the effective bandwidth of the input signal User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Setup e 17 go2MONITOR Overview Display Signals are shown in two ways The wideband spectrum display is the actual FFT of the frequency range under observation The wideband spectrogram shows the frequency occupation over a certain period waterfall so nogram The wideband spectrum and spectrogram are configurable Signal Selection Using the sp
130. ame bulg ascii_75bd_510hz ver Table 80 BULG ASCII Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 81 BULG ASCII Features 118 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR CHU General Information CHU is a radio station in Canada that continuously broadcasts time of day information It is operated by the National Research Council of Canada Usage Time information broadcasts Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 200 Bandwidth Hz 500 Symbol rate Bd 500 Coding BCD Table 82 CHU Characteristics 15 04 47 500 15 04 48 000 15 04 48 500 15 04 49 000 15 04 49 500 dBF5 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 97 CHU Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 300 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 200 Shift tolerance Hz 5 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 200 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 119 go2MONITOR Parameter Default Max burst length s 0 700 Min pause length s 0 150 VER file name chu_fsk ver Table 83 CHU Demodulator
131. an also be moved towards the center line or away from it to set range that used to find the correct center frequency for decoding Another display displays two fixed grey lines which are indicating the bandwidth of the signal as determined by the classifier The distance of these lines will change as the result of the classifier depends on the signal quality 6368 0 6368 5 6369 0 6369 5 Figure 56 Channel Cursor 56 e Channel Window User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Ka go2MONITOR 6359 0 6359 5 Figure 57 Channel Cursor Classification with Result When the classification process has finished with a result the color of line will change according to the colors defined in the classifier window The name of the detected mode is written to these lines Carrier FSK MFSK Morse PSK Speech eel Unknown ane Figure 58 Colors Classification Results When selecting one of the demodulators like USB or AM the bandwidth of this demodulator will be dis played in the channel view as a white transparent overlay 6357 0 6358 0 6359 0 6360 0 6361 0 Figure 59 Channel View With Demodulator Bandwidth User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Channel Window e 57 go2IMONITOR Extras Parameters Cursor Extras peter SS Relative Factor 2 R Figure 60 Spectrogram Settings Channels Extras In this window different display types and the relative factor can be adjusted The display can be paused and be arranged t
132. ance Bd 5 Distance F1 lt gt F2 Hz 115 Distance F2 lt gt F3 Hz 170 Distance F3 lt gt F4 Hz 515 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Min burst length s 0 180 Max burst length s 0 250 Min pause length s 0 100 VER file name twinplex ver Table 238 TWINPLEX Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 239 TWINPLEX Features Visel General Information Visel is a synchronous teleprinter system used in former Yugoslavia It is unknown whether the system is still in use Usage Data communication over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 300 Symbol rate Bd 81 3 123 5 125 Error correction FEC Alphabet ITA 2 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 193 W go2MONITOR Table 240 Visel Characteristics 15 07 37 500 15 07 38 000 15 07 38 500 15 07 39 000 15 07 39 500 d6F5 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 150 Visel Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 120 9 SR tolerance Bd 3 Shift Hz 300 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER
133. and to change the frequency with the mouse wheel SkHz The total bandwidth of the channel spectrogram can be adjusted with the bandwidth field It is possible to set the bandwidth to 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz 15 kHz 20 kHz 30 kHz and 50 kHz This bandwidth will also be indicated at the signal in the main spectrogram Digtal It is possible to listen to the signal in a channel window The drop down box will open a context menu where the following demodulators can be selected USB Upper side band LSB Lower side band AM Amplitude modulation FM Frequency modulation Digital 1 8 kHz offset from the center frequency bandwidth 3 6 kHz CW Continuous wave or morse with an offset of 800 Hz from the center frequency Off No audio output Output channel Audio output to the left right or to both audio channels Table 14 Channel Window Demodulators The bandwidth of each modulator will be displayed as an overlay in the channel spectrogram Result Window When a production of output is started then the decoded text this will be displayed in the result window The most recent decoded text will also be displayed in the right part of the status bar This has the ad vantage that in case of a minimized channel window the output of a decoder still can be monitored User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Channel Window e 59 go2MONITOR SEG es sees HF sl 50Bd 450Hz 20 03 13 13 20 00 590 zz
134. andwidth Hz 600 Symbol rate Baud 81 Encryption Table 103 CIS 8181 Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 129 W go2MONITOR 15 05 02 000 15 05 02 500 15 05 03 000 15 05 03 500 15 05 04 000 dBFS W 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 104 CIS 8181 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 81 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 500 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name cis 81 81_81bd_500hz ver Table 104 CIS 8181 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding raw output yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 105 CIS 8181 Features Clover ll General Information Clover ll mode is a proprietary standard developed by HAL Communications Corp USA 130 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Usage ARQ and broadcast data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation DBPSK DQPSK 8 DPSK 8P2A 16P4A Number of channels 4 Channel spacing Hz 125 Bandwidth Hz 500 Symbol rate Baud 31 25 Coding Reed Solomon Table 106 Clover Il Characteristics 15 05
135. arameters cccccccecceeseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeeseaeeseneeseaes 34 Figure 35 Spectrogram Settings CUrSOM cccecccecececesseceeneeceeeeeceaeeeeaaesgeneeceaeeeeaaeseeaeeseeeeseaeeseaaeseeneessaes 35 Figure 36 Spectrogram Settings Extra 37 Figure KE Le EE 38 Figuire Re EE tte IR TUE 39 Figure 39 Steps within Classification cc ccccscceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeaeseneeceaeeeeaaeseeaeeeeeeeeseaeeseaaeeeeaeessaes 40 Nell RH 41 Figure 41 Classifier Result Display in Spectrogram cccccceecceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeeeaes 41 Fig re 42 Classifier Options i siaiinsnsnenn aia aneian an anian aan aae ae aa aa Saaai eaaa aa aada na ARA Ea 42 PIQUE 432 Station Listu tessei iana aa aaa aia aa aia a a aaa aiana aa aA 43 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 List of Figures e 267 e go2 MONITOR Fig re 44 Edit Statio EE 45 Figure 45 Add Station WEE 46 Figure 46 Import Station Data 47 Figure 47 Channel Window ccccccccccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeaeeceaeeecaaeseeaaeseneecaaeeseeaeseeaeeseaeeeseaeeseaeseeneeseaes 49 Figure 48 Channel Window with Four Channels cecsceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeaeeseeeeseaeeesaeeseneessaes 50 Figure 49 Predefined Window Styles AA 51 Figure 50 Channels Displayed in Minimal View Give 51 Figure 51 Channel Displayed in Horizontal View Style eeseesseesseesseeseeiesiesnssrinsnnssrnntnnnntn
136. ation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 281 FMS BOS Features Golay Pager General Information Golay Pager is a paging protocol developed by Motorola Inc Another designation for this modem type is Golay Sequential Code GSC Usage Alert and status messages emergency services etc on VHF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 2000 Bandwidth Hz 2600 Symbol rate Bd 300 600 Coding Golay 23 12 and BCH 15 7 Table 282 Golay Pager Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 213 D go2 MONITOR 15 09 28 000 15 09 28 500 15 09 29 000 15 09 29 500 15 09 30 000 4 m 00 0000000 d6F5 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 164 Golay Pager Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 600 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 2000 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name golay_pager ver Table 283 Golay Pager Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 284 Golay Pager Features 214 e S
137. aueadsansnmsanaadeuntesavdaamnsacetansaaveuataaadeiateaae 133 Codan 3012 ALE Characteristics cccccccsssssssssscssscsccsscceeseseseeeseaeeeeeeeeeaeaeseaeaeaeaeaeaeaeanaea 134 Godan 3012 Data Characteristics c ccccccssssssssssscssscsseeeeeseeeseseseeeseeeeeeeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaea 134 Codan 3012 ALE Demodulator Settings cecceeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeneeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeenees 136 Codan 3012 Data Demodulator Settings cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeseneeseeeeseaeeesaeeeenees 136 Codan 3012 Features ccccceccccccccceeccececcscceceaeeeseceeeseeuaueeeeseseeseueeaaaeseeeeeueuauaaaeeeseeeueeaneneseees 136 Codan Selcal ALE Characteristics cccccccssssssssssssssssescesseseseeeseeeseeeeeaeeeeeseeeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaes 137 Codan Selcal Demodulator Settings cccccececeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeaeeseeeesaaeeesaeeeenees 137 Codan Selcal Features cccccccccccccccccecccececeeeeeeecceececuaueeeeseeeeseuseaueesaeeeeseuauaaaeeeseeeeeeanaaeaseees 138 Coquelet 8 Charachertsice esetet ekr tstt tetr tstrnstnnstnstnstnsstnsstnsstnastnasnnastnnnn ennnen 138 Coquelet 8 Demodulator Settings ccceccceceeeceeseeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeneeseaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeescaeeesaeseeeees 139 Coquelet 8 Features ccceccceccceeeeseeeeneeceeeeeaaeseeaeeseaeeeceaesseaaesaneecaeeesaaeseeaeesseeeescaeeseaeesenees 139 Coquelet 13 Characterlsttce eerten estt tstr tett nsttnsttns
138. automatically formatted distress alerts urgency safety and routine radio telephone calls Usage Data communication over HF VHF Initiation of radiotelephone and MF HF radiotelex calls Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 170 Bandwidth Hz 500 Symbol rate Baud 100 Coding Checksum Table 132 DSC HF Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 143 gt e go2MONITOR 15 06 36 500 15 06 37 000 15 06 37 500 15 06 38 000 15 06 38 500 erz o 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Ti Figure 114 DSC HF Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 100 SR tolerance Bd 10 Shift Hz 170 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name dsc hf ver Table 133 DSC HF Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment HF no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 134 DSC Features 144 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 DUP ARQ General Information DUP ARQ is a synchronous duplex teleprinter system with ARQ This modem was used by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Hungary Usage s Data communication over HF Mode Properties 15 05 55
139. avoid this type of in terference the receiver input can be attenuated Attenuation can be selected with the gain dropdown box The range depends on the receiver 0 dB corresponds to no attenuation 30 dB corresponds to high at tenuation Selecting a Frequency for a Channel You can select any signal by a double click and transfer it to a channel This is described in chapter Spectrum and Spectrogram on page 31 Stream Input When selecting a stream as input the toolbar will provide no additional functions For the setup of additional stream see Streaming Sources on page 16 TBD Figure 30 Stream Input 30 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Spectrum and Spectrogram Overview T go2MONITOR File Views Help H Frequency H Time thE Amplitude Zoom Magnifier Hl Pause Autorange HI Settings db Add channel Record Input PERSEUS 1 Iris UUU 10 15 06 000 10 15 08 000 10 15 12 000 10 15 14 000 lt 00 09 741 gt 10 15 16 000 10 15 18 000 4 15 19 733 Ee Y Frequency 4 583kHz gt gt anch Bandwidth 100kHz e 4550 4560 4570 ast 4 lt 14025 50 gt 1s591802 O Receiver active Range 4533 00 4633 00 kHz Bandwidth 100 kHz Gain 10 dB Figure 31 Spectrum and Spectrogram The window displays all the signals within the selected receiver bandwidth The upper part displays the spectrum and the lower part the spectrogram Moving the splitter between the two parts
140. bas sies and military stations all over the world They are similar to the French Coquelet modes Usage Transfer of textual information mostly encrypted over HF Parameter Value Mode Properties 15 06 37 500 15 06 38 000 15 06 38 500 15 06 39 000 15 06 39 500 dBFS 0 50 100 Demodulator Settings Modulation FSK Number of tones 12 Shift Hz 20 Bandwidth Hz 300 Symbol rate Bd 20 Alphabet ITA 5 Table 198 Piccolo MK12 Characteristics 4 E 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Figure 136 Piccolo MK12 Spectrogram Hz Parameter Demodulator Default Multitone MFSK Tone duration ms 50 TD tolerance ms 2 No of tones 12 Tone position type Equidistant frequencies Tone distance Hz 20 VER file name piccolo_mk12 ver 174 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Table 199 Piccolo MK12 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 200 Piccolo MK12 Features POL ARQ General Information POL ARQ is a synchronous duplex FARQ system This system was used by the Ministry of Foreign Af fairs of
141. bchapter describes the WAV file format extension for the storage of additional meta information which may be relevant for signals The standard WAV file format is a RIFF based format containing fmt and data chunks For the descrip tion of these chunks and the general RIFF format please refer to Multimedia Programming Interface and Data Specifications 1 0 RIFF Chunk Descriptor fmt chunk data chunk Figure 74 Standard WAV Format Extended WAV Format with Custom Data The standard WAV format includes various meta information in the fmt chunk describing the signal For the use in COMINT systems additional information regarding signal time signal frequency etc have to be added To store the information in the WAV file an additional Meta chunk is added The data in this chunk are stored in XML format This additional chunk is ignored by standard tools which can process WAV files User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Technical Reference e 69 Ka go2MONITOR RIFF Chunk Descriptor meta chunk Figure 75 Extended WAV File Format The meta data chunk has the following structure 4 meta Header signature 4 lt length gt Length of the meta header XML Meta data in XML Table 17 Structure of the Meta Data 70 e Technical Reference User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 so go2MONITOR
142. ble 47 ARQ E3 Demodulator Settings cccccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeneeceaeeeeaaeseenaeseeeeseaeeesaaesteneeesaes 102 Table 48 ARQ E3 Features a a aa a a a aaa a a aaa 102 Table 49 ARQ M2 242 Characherisics 102 Table 50 ARQ M2 242 Demodulator Settings ccccccccesceeeeeeceeeeesaeeeeeeeseeeeesaaeeecaeeseeeeeseeeesaeeseeeeeaes 103 Table 51 ARQ M2 242 Features 103 Table 52 ARQ M2 342 Characteristics 0 0 0 ccccccccececccccsceeeeececeseesceaueeseseeeeeeuauaueeseceeeeeueaueeseeeeeeueuanenaeeess 104 Table 53 ARQ M2 342 Demodulator Settings ccccccccesceceeneececeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeaaeeecaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeaeeseaes 104 Table 54 ARQ M2 342 Features 105 Table 55 ARQ M4 242 Characteristics soeeeeeeeneneeeeeenennunnerenrrnnrneesue tn iinrusta nurunin annann nannan nn nann nannan nenna 105 Table 56 ARQ M4 242 Demodulator Settings c cccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeseaeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeseeeeeaes 106 Table 57 ARQ M4 242 Features 106 Table 58 ARQ M4 342 Characteristics 0 0 cccccccccccccccccsceeeeececeeeesceaueeeeseceeseuauaaeeeseesseuueauaeseeeeeeueeaneneeeess 107 Table 59 ARQ M4 342 Demodulator Settings ccccccceeseeceeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 107 Table 60 ARQ M4 342 Features 108 Table 61 ARQ N Characteristics c ccccccccccccccceecececcceseseseeeueceseeseeaueaseseseeseuaeaueesseeeeeueeauaeseceeeeusuananeeseess 108 Table 6
143. ccccceseccceeeseceeeeeeeceeeeneeceeeesseceeesaeaeeesaeceeeeseaeeeeneeaeeeeneeeeeeeseeaeeesnneeeenenaes 6 Figure 3 UN te BEE 6 Figure 4 Standard Installation cccccccccceceeeeceeeeeee cece eeeeaeeeeeee sense seaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeseaaeeeeeaeseneeeseeeesaeeseeeeenneess 7 Figure 5 WibuKey Setup esceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeseaaeesaeeeceaeseeaaeseeeecaaeessaaesseaaeseaeeeseaeeseaaeseeaeeseeneess 7 Figure 6 Select Language for WibuKey sssssssesssessiessssssississrtttttnsttntttnnttnnttnntnntn ntun tnnattnnnnnsnnsrnnsnnn anta 8 Figure 7 Select Installation Folder cccccecececeeeeececeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaaeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeseaaeseeeeeseaeessaeeneeeseeneess 8 Figure 8 Create New Folder for WibuKey Installaton esen nssnnesnnssnnnsnnssnnssrnssrnssrnssrns 8 Figure 9 Select WibuKey Components ssssssessesssessiesistisstitstttttittttnnttunttnnttnttnntnntunnnnastnsnnnannnnnnsnnn anta 9 Figure 10 WibuKey Installation Taske A 9 Figure 11 Confirmation Installation Tasks Fintshed 10 Figure 12 WibuKey Installation Fmtebed AA 10 Figure 13 Help File of the WibuKey and Confirmation of Successful Installation cccceseeeeeeeees 11 Figure 14 Progress of Qo2MONITOR Installation cceccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeeseaeeeeaeeeeaes 11 Figure 15 Successful Installation of the Application go2MONITOR sssssssssssssesssesssesissssssssnnrrnsrnrnrneerenee 12 Figure 16 Com
144. ceiver and its parameters LAN receivers To connect to a receiver over LAN interface you have to provide the IP address and control port of the re ceiver see below for GEW GRX LAN exception lt add key IPAddr value 127 0 0 1 gt lt add key Port value 8600 gt Consult the receiver handbook if you would like to know the default IP address or change the IP address of the receiver AlsO check if DHCP is enabled and available LAN Make sure that the receiver and the computer running go2MONITOR can communicate together In case of problems try to ping the receiver from the computer R amp S EM100 Receiver The following line in the file receiver conf lt add key ComInterface value 10 0 0 120 gt has to be changed to contain the local IP address of the network interface where EM100 is connected IP address of the go2MONITOR computer GRX LAN Receiver The following block in the file receiver conf has to be edited lt add0 gt lt add key ID value 0 gt lt add key Name value IP_ADDRESS gt lt add key Value value 10 0 0 1 gt lt add0 gt Instead of the 10 0 0 1 address the actual IP address of the receiver has to be entered User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Setup e 15 go2MONITOR USB Receivers No further configuration is necessary for receivers with USB interface Make sure that the USB drivers are installed properly Also check the connection between receiver and PC
145. ckage the code directory e g Build 2013 01 07 data applications code and copy all files to c Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR m m m decoders From each subdirectory of f Build 2013 01 07 data Signals Premium copy the ver files to c Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR m m m modems Start go2M now Select All Modems in Recognition Decoding Check whether MIL and STANAG are available Modify your own modem lists add the required modems 230 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR go2DECODE PROCEED This description refers to go2DECODE version 3 4 0 If required adapt it to your actual version Double Click on Setup of Premium Decoders 2 1 go2DECODE 3 4 0 and follow the installation procedure If asked for the installation folder please change it to go2DECODE n n n or your actual location of go2DECODE or PROCEED Check whether the bin files have been copied to c Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2DECODE n n n applications code Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2DECODE3 4 0 applications code vith Burn New folder Name Date modified Type vd B bin BIN File vd pt Text Document voicelnfo bin BIN File voicelnfo txt Text Document zvei bin BIN File ext Docunfent BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File BIN File B
146. correct data if they are partly corrupted This technique is applied in cases where there is no channel for back reporting e g in a broadcast situation It is used as well in situations where the switch over and retransmission time by far exceeds the time to generate transfer and evaluate the correction code deep space communication FFT The Fast Fourier Transformation is a variant of the Fourier transformation This is a method to convert da ta between time and frequency domain Data are sampled in the time domain in many applications they are transformed into the frequency domain for further processing 262 e Glossary of Terms User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR The DFT is the discrete variant of the Fourier transformation It works with every integer number N of samples and requires N operations The FFT is a special variant where N is 2 m being an integer In this case only N logn operations are required accelerating processing significantly for larger N HF High Frequency 3 30 MHz This is the frequency range for world wide information transfer over radio with low bandwidth Propagation in this range is marked by reflections of the waves in the ionosphere a layer which encloses planet earth at a high of about 60 to 600 kilometers This way almost every 2 points on earth can exchange information sometimes within 24 hours either by ground wave or via reflected waves The ionization depends heavily on the solar radia
147. ctrogram ccccccececeeceeceeeeeeaeeeeneeceeeeecaeeesaaeeeeeeeseeeeseaeseeaeseeeees 254 STANAG 5065 Spectrogram cccccceccecececeeseeeeeneeceaeeeeaaecseneeeeaeeecaaesseaaesseneeseeeesaeseeaaeesenees 255 270 e List of Figures User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 List of Tables Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 Table 4 Table 5 Table 6 Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 Table 10 Table 11 Table 12 Table 13 Table 14 Table 15 Table 16 Table 17 Table 18 Table 19 Table 20 Table 21 Table 22 Table 23 Table 24 Table 25 Table 26 Table 27 Table 28 Table 29 Table 30 Table 31 Table 32 Table 33 Table 34 Table 35 Table 36 Table 37 Table 38 Table 39 Table 40 Table 41 Table 42 Status of Signal Input Functions File Replay eeen Toolbar Functions ccccceeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeteaeeteees Context Menu Spectrogram ccccceeeseeeeeeeee Spectrogram Settings Parameters Spectrogram Settings Cursor Spectrogram Settings Extra Elements of Station Ust eee eens Sort Search Functions Station List Channel Window Toolbar anes Spectrogram Settings Channels Parameter Spectrogram Settings Channels Cursors Spectrogram Settings Channel Extras Channel Window Demodulators Result Window Functions cccccceeccsseeeeeeee eens Decoder Status cccccec cee cecseee seen eeeeeeeeeeaeas Structure of the Meta Data Base Level of Meta ChunkS secese Extend
148. d in the confirmation of order contract The delivery time may be extended due to unforeseen circumstances such as acts of God epidemic earthquake etc war as well as de livery delays from our suppliers Dispatch The method of dispatch may be selected by the customer Without any shipping instructions from the customer we reserve us the right to arrange the dispatch by any forwarder or courier of our choice Any complaints regarding damage delays or loss must be forwarded to PLATH AG in written form within 48h from the receipt of the goods Return of Goods The return of defect goods requires written approval of PLATH AG before the dispatch The charges for the shipping costs must be paid by the customer During the warranty period PLATH AG will bear the expenses for shipping the item s back to the customer The customer is responsible for returning the goods to the supplier without them being damaged please use appropriate packing material and insure the goods 258 e Appendix User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR Cancellation Cancellations of orders must be made in writing and have to be confirmed by PLATH AG Any costs caused by material orders or additional administrative costs already incurred by PLATH AG must be paid by the customer Reservation of Ownership The delivered goods remain the property of PLATH AG until the invoice is fully paid Legal Domicile Legal domicile is Bern The buyer declares that for any
149. d systems Ground stations assign Time Division Multiple Access TDMA slots for the exchange of information Usage Data and digitized voice communication within the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation DPSK Number of tones 8 Bandwidth Hz 25000 Symbol rate Bd 105000 Coding Reed Solomon Table 309 VDL 3 Characteristics 10 01 20 500 10 01 21 000 10 01 21 500 10 01 22 000 10 01 22 500 H m 00 0000000 dBF5 0 50 100 12000 10000 8000 6000 i 4000 2000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 es Hz Figure 173 VDL 3 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator DPSK 2 4 8 A B Symbol rate Bd 10500 SR tolerance Bd 10 Modulation order 8 Version A Min burst length s 0 010 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 010 226 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name vdl3 ver Table 310 VDL 3 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 311 VDL 3 Features ZVEI General Information This is a SelCal standard from the Zentralverband der Electrotechnischen In
150. demName gt lt ExtModemName gt lt ExtModemMode gt lt ExtModemMode gt lt ExtModemUsage gt 0 lt ExtModemUsage gt lt ExtProductionModemID gt 0 lt ExtProductionModemI D gt lt AudioInWav gt 0 lt AudioInWav gt lt Modem gt bin txt Files Decoders are delivered in files with the extension bin A binary file contains intermediate code which is processed by the APC of ga22DECODE The source code for the decoder files is written in the decoder description language DDL which is com piled into intermediate code The ver file provides the parameters for fine tuning of a specific modem User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Technical Reference e 77 go2MONITOR Decoder txt Text ECXEECXE Te The compiler and the standard decoder txt files are part of go2DECODE Standard The additional debug Decoder bin go2MONITOR XML element element element Decoder bin Figure 77 Generation and Application of bin Files ger is part of ga2DECODE Professional Using txt files containing DDL has many advantages Simple code as DDL contains powerful optimized and specialized commands to process data communication Fast programming and testing No need to depend on people who are no members of your organization program or modify your decoders without releasing proprietary information cmf files A XML file which holds the information about the modem list setup in gaDECODE These files are identi
151. dit will display the Edit station window Edit is also available with the context menu available after a right click on a station record 44 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2IMONITOR bal Edit station Station station1 Callsign DEQZ Frequency 9 00kHz gt Bandwidth 100Hz Symbol rate 0 008d gt Modulation cw Protocol BAUDOT YFT Country ITU Schedule Testi 25 Feb 2013 10 44 28 gt Figure 44 Edit Station The button lt OK gt will store the new or changed information in the database and close the window lt Can cel gt will close the window without any changes Add Stations A new station can be added to the database Add will display the Add station window Add is also available with the context menu available after a right click on a station record You can enter the new information in each field At least a valid frequency should be given to the new record User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 45 go2MONITOR i Add station Station Callsign Frequency Bandwidth Symbol rate Modulation Protocol Country ITU Schedule User Test a Date 01 Mar 2013 10 33 03 e Comment Figure 45 Add Station The button lt OK gt will store the new information in the database and close the window lt Cancel gt will close the window without any changes Database
152. dulator Gettngs nnn 147 FEG A FO atures eerste ENEE 147 FSK 400 500 Characteristics ccccccccccccccccccccccecccceeeececececeeaeeeeeeeeeeeecececanecenaeenecaeaeenecanaeenenans 148 FSK 400 500 Demodulator Settings ccccceeesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesaaeeseaeeseneeesaeeesaeeeeneeees 148 FSK 400 500 Features 149 Globe Wireless FSK Characteristics 0c c cccsssssssccsssceccsscceeeeseseseeeeeeeeeseseaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeanaes 149 Globe Wireless FSK Demodulator Settings cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeesaeeeeneeseeeescaeeesaeeeenees 150 Globe Wireless FSK Features cccccssssssssssssssssssccseseseeeseseeeeeseeeseeeaeeeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeananaes 150 Globe Wireless PSK Characterisice nnt 150 Globe Wireless PSK Demodulator Geittngs 151 Globe Wireless PSK Features ccccccssesssssssssscssssecseseeeeeseseeeseseeeeeaeaeeeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeanaeanaeaea 151 G TOR Characiertstce 152 G TOR Demodulator Settings AE 153 GAT ORFS GD Eet eege ee tesecukbanvlnats E A O 153 al RUE Ee 153 HF DL Demodulator Setting icccessscceseescetenstenevesnyeerdccusaseeesits reciebbsbees deed EeEdEeEeE dE EAEEEN 154 AP DE GLEN 154 el e ee Eer Ee 155 HNG FEC Demodulator Settings A 155 FING REG EC EE 156 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 List of Tables e 273 go2 MONITOR Table 159 Table 160 Table 161 Table 162 Table 163 Table 164 Table 165 Table 166 Table 167 Table 168 Table 169 Table 170 Table 171
153. dustrie Germany ZVEI ZVEI II ZVEI III DZVEI PDZVEI and PZVEI vary only in the digit encoding Usage Narrowband FM SelCal system in the VHF UHF frequency range Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation Multitone Number of tones 16 Coding Character coding Table 312 ZVEI Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 227 ws e go2MONITOR 15 08 03 000 15 08 03 500 15 08 04 000 15 08 04 500 15 08 05 000 dBF5 0 50 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 i D 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 174 ZVEI Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Analogue Selcall Tone duration ms 70 TD tolerance ms 15 No of tones 19 SELCAL type ZVEI Min burst length s 0 280 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 070 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name Zvei ver Table 313 ZVEI Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 314 ZVEI Features 228 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2 MONITOR Premium Decoders Version History Release Date Editor History 2 0 0 2013 01 10 Added ALE 2G CHN 4plus4 Detectio
154. dwidth Hz 1500 3000 Symbol rate Baud 75 100 150 300 600 2400 Data rate bit s 300 Error correction FEC rate 1 4 Table 348 STANAG 4481 Characteristics H m S 0 0000000 50 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 191 STANAG 4481 FSK Spectrogram User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 249 D go2 MONITOR 13 48 09 500 13 48 10 000 13 48 10 500 13 48 11 000 13 48 11 500 lt Di r 0 0000000 dBFS 0 50 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 192 STANAG 4481 PSK Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter FSK PSK Demodulator FSK 2 matched KB PSK Symbol rate Baud 75 2400 SR tolerance Baud 5 24 Shift Hz 850 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modulation order 8 Version A Min burst length s 0 100 0 100 Max burst length s 1 000 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 0 100 VER file name stanag4481_fsk ver stanag4481_psk ver Table 349 STANAG 4481 Demodulator Settings Tuning Tuning frequency in case of FSK is the center frequency between mark and space frequency Tuning frequency in case of PSK is 1800 Hz Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 350 STANAG 4481 Featu
155. dwidth 2051 Hz SNR 10 dB Signal time 25 02 13 13 48 40 21s ago 10730 0 10737 5 SE AUTOSPEC e m i Status Classification Modulation FSK2 Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Figure 49 Predefined Window Styles Minimal View When channels are displayed in minimal view style only the toolbar to control the channels is displayed All other window components are hidden Channels 4 D Center 10712 01 787 Ai eat el DI mode Classification SuN Be OE ao ification Modulation FSK2 Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt 4 18 center 10684 0kH2 A n zl 7 Mode Classification SU he Cor CR Ao ification Modulation Unknown Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt 4 D Center 10748 0kH2 17 D 10k v mode GES e HU ic Cor CR Ao Classification Modulation Unknown Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Figure 50 Channels Displayed in Minimal View Style Horizontal View If a channel view is displayed in horizontal display style all components are displayed in one horizontal line Tables might be displayed with a slide bar at the bottom if the table is too wide User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Channel Window e 51 go2MONITOR Channels Channel 1 SCC Dt woe B center Vertical View 6358 0kz Al site ei Ei Mode Recognition Decoding meun Be Or Hom OBR sl Moden search started 0 Allaoti A Status Detection Quality Decoder Symb Search text New frequency
156. e ms 4 No of tones 16 SELCAL type EEA Min burst length s 0 160 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 040 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name eea ver Table 268 EEA Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 269 EEA Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 207 go2 MONITOR EIA General Information The EEA SelCal standard was defined by the Electronics Industries Association USA Usage Narrowband FM SelCal system in the VHF UHF frequency range Mode Properties Parameter VEIII Modulation Multitone Number of tones 15 Coding Character coding Table 270 EIA Characteristics 15 07 30 500 15 07 31 000 15 07 31 500 pri 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 160 EIA Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Analogue Selcall Tone duration ms 33 TD tolerance ms 4 No of tones 15 SELCAL type EIA Min burst length s 0 132 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 033 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name ela ver Table 271 EIA Demodulator Settings 208 e Standard Decoders VH
157. e Synchronous VER file name codan_selcall ver Table 118 Codan Selcal Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 137 go2MONITOR Feature Status Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 119 Codan Selcal Features Coquelet 8 General Information The Coquelet modes were designed for the communications of French customs and police authorities They are similar to the British Piccolo modes Usage Transfer of textual information mostly encrypted over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 8 Shift Hz 26 67 Bandwidth Hz 300 Symbol rate Baud 13 3 26 7 Alphabet ITA 2 ATU 80 Table 120 Coquelet 8 Characteristics 15 05 35 500 15 05 36 000 15 05 36 500 15 05 37 000 15 05 37 500 pts 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 He Figure 110 Coquelet 8 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Coquelet Tone duration ms 37 5 138 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default TD tolerance ms 2 No of tones 8 Tone distance Hz 26 67 VER file name coquelet 8 ver Table 121 Coquelet 8
158. e channel window The center frequency of the channel will be the center frequency of the main spectrum O Record This button will start a wideband recording of the received or replayed signal An explorer view will open to name the recorded file Choose file name to start recording previous 10s will be recorded as well Speicher in go2MONITOR 1 2 Qape_decoders code dump fserver bg mem_prodo Desktop mem_prodi mem_prod2 mem_prod3 go modemLists Eigene Dateien KN Arbeitsplatz D Netzwerkumgeb Dateityp WAN file wav Abbrechen Figure 32 Explorer window for the recorded file Table 3 Toolbar Functions Spectrogram Settings With a right click in the spectrum or spectrogram window the context menu for the spectrogram settings is displayed M go2MONITOR File Views Help H Frequency H Time E Amplitude Zoom 0 Magnifier H Pause Autorange iil Settings ds Add channel Record Input PERSEUS 1 Frequency 4 583kHz gt 7200 Bandwidth 100 kHz 10 21 40 000 10 21 42 000 HE Cursor 10 21 44 000 Zoom S Max frequency range F 21 44 401 A Zoom in Max time range T P Zoom out H Max frequency and time range 10 21 46 000 JP Immediate mouse zoom di Mouse measure 10 21 48 000 L Move lt 00 09 741 gt P Magnifier 10 21 50 000 Set Channel 1 to this Frequency Set Channel 2 to this frequency 10 21 52 000 Se
159. e division multiplex system designed for low error rate ex change of textual data between two stations of governmental authorities Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 400 Bandwidth Hz 800 Symbol rate Bd 172 192 Alphabet ITA 3 Table 58 ARQ M4 342 Characteristics 15 05 59 500 15 06 00 000 15 06 00 500 15 06 01 000 15 06 01 500 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 89 ARQ M4 342 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 192 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 400 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name arq_m4_342_192bd_400hz ver Table 59 ARQ M4 342 Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 107 W go2MONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 60 ARQ M4 342 Features ARQ N General Information ARQ E is a synchronous dual channel ARQ mode This system was used by Italian diplomatic services Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 850 Symbol
160. eTime gt lt xs element name rf frequency type xs positiveInteger minOccurs 0 gt gt lt xs element name data_type default real gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value real gt lt xs enumeration value complex gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name sample rate type xs double gt lt xs element name if frequency type xs double minOc curs 1 default 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name locationDataType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name longitude type xs double gt lt xs element name latitude type xs double gt lt xs element name if offset type xs double gt 72 e Technical Reference User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR lt xs element name bandwidth type xs double minOc curs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name directionDataType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name dfsite type xs string gt lt xs element name azimuth type xs double gt lt xs element name if offset type xs double gt lt xs element name bandwidth type xs double minOc curs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs schema gt The length of the meta data chunk must be a multiple of 4 bytes The meta chunk will be added at the end of the WAV file to a
161. ecaeeeeaaesseaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeeeeees 113 Figure 94 Baudot async Spectrogram ccccceceeceeceneeeeeeeeeneeceeeeeeaaeseenaeseaeeeseaeeseaaesdeaeeseeeetaeeeeaaesseneeee 115 Figure 95 Baudot SYNC Spectrogram sissi iaiiaeeeai hadaii iaiaaeaia aaa Ea 116 Figure 96 BULG ASCII Spectrogram ssssssssssssesssssssssssssssssssssssstenssnnssenstenstennesnnoennoeuueunoeunoenneenneenneenn 118 Figure 97 CHU Spectrogram EE 119 Figure 98 CIS 11 SpectrograM EE 121 Fig re 99 CIS 12 SPeCtrOQra nm EE 122 Figure 1002CIS 14 Spectrogram EE 124 Figure 1012 GCIS 86 Spectrogram EE 125 268 e List of Figures User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Figure 102 Figure 103 Figure 104 Figure 105 Figure 106 Figure 107 Figure 108 Figure 109 Figure 110 Figure 111 Figure 112 Figure 113 Figure 114 Figure 115 Figure 116 Figure 117 Figure 118 Figure 119 Figure 120 Figure 121 Figure 122 Figure 123 Figure 124 Figure 125 Figure 126 Figure 127 Figure 128 Figure 129 Figure 130 Figure 131 Figure 132 Figure 133 Figure 134 Figure 135 Figure 136 Figure 137 Figure 138 Figure 139 Figure 140 Figure 141 Figure 142 Figure 143 Figure 144 Figure 145 Figure 146 Figure 147 Figure 148 Figure 149 Figure 150 Figure 151 Figure 152 Figure 153 Figure 154 Figure 155 Figure 156 Figure 157 Figure 158 Figure 159 e go2 MONITOR EE dree CT E 127 CIS 405 3915 Spectrogram s cc05 cece cine seine e
162. ecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeseaeeseeeecaaesesaaeeeeeeeseeeesiaeeseaeeeeaes 204 OPM Feature sins see ege eege 205 DSC VHF Characteristics soiien E a a AEE EA EE EA 205 DSC VHF Demodulator Geittgs 206 DSC Fatura EE 206 EEA Ee 206 EEA Demodulator Settings srs istus sarsa aaiae naina aaen aiaa aE ENEE 207 EEA Features EE 207 D Menge Eet 208 EIA Demodulator Settings sssiccecs dec sveseeetent eege ceyeseede aaaea Eed eege 208 EIA Features stets eegend agedeelt 209 USOC EE 209 Euro Demodulator Settings EE 210 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 List of Tables e 275 e go2 MONITOR Table 275 Gre RE 210 Table 276 FLEX Characteristics sireenin inne iira eap aiea aaier aE 210 Table 277 FLEX Demodulator Settings ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeaaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeseaeeseaes 211 Table 278 FLEX E EE 211 Table 279 EMS DOG Characteristics cccccccccecsesceeecseeceeeseeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeesseeeeeeessesaeesseeeaeess 212 Table 280 FMS BOS Demodulator Settings ccccccccecceeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesiaeeseaeeseaes 213 Table 281 FMS BOS Features reicinn eanna a a aa aa a ERE a E AAA EES EN 213 Table 282 Golay Pager Characteristics cccccccccescececseeeceeseeeeeeceneeeeeseeeeeuceeeeeeseeeeeesseneeeeeseesaeessensaeess 213 Table 283 Golay Pager Demodulator Settings ccccccccessescececeeeeeeecseeeeeeseeeseeeseneeeesseneeeeesseeeeessensaeens 21
163. ecececeeeeeeeseesesuaeaeeeseseeeeeseaueeseseeeeueeaneneess 251 GTANAG Ap20 cece cece cc cc cece eecececeseceseeeeeeeeseeuauaueeseseeseueeaueeseseeeeseeaneneess 252 STANAG 4539 HDD 254 STANAG 5065 00 cece ccc ecc cece cece cececece sees eee cesseuauaueeseseeeeeseauaeseeeeeseeaneneess 254 Appendix 257 License EE 257 BUG TED OPIN G D 258 Conditions Of sale ie ecccccc cess cecceeceseauee eee seseeuaeaueeseceeeeuseauaeseeeeeeueeaneneess 258 Glossary of Terms 261 List of Figures 267 List of Tables 271 Index 278 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Contents e vii go2MONITOR General Welcome to go2MONITOR go2MONITOR is a modular software solution for receiver control classification demodulation decoding and recording of LF HF VHF UHF signals Current wideband software defined radios SDR demand for a new generation of monitoring tools as complex monitoring systems should not be limited by the number of decoders go2MONITOR is the perfect none intrusive signal monitoring solution for Homeland and government security agencies New threats demand superiority of information Acquisition of information means gathering and analyz ing information of all potential sources In addition the increasing density of signals the growing com plexity and the use of new or modified modems are posing a challenge in which go2MONITOR assists the operator in his daily work by providing all the required tools and an easy to use user interface The software pr
164. eceseee secu ceeesuseaueesesseeeseuauaaeeueeseeeseeaneaeseees 249 STANAG 4481 Demodulator Settings ccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeescaeeesaeeeenees 250 STANAG 4481 Features 0 ccccccccceccccccccccsceeeeeeecceesecuaueeeesescessuseaaaeseseeeeseuauaaaeseeseeeeseanaaeaseees 250 STANAG 4529 Characteristics 00cccccccccccc cece eececceccsceseee cece ceeseuseaueeseeeeeseeaeaaaeuseseeeeeeaneaeaseees 251 STANAG 4529 Demodulator Settings cccccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeescaeeeeaeeeenees 252 STANAG 4529 Features naeeeeessneeeeeereneunesteuniunisrus untu tn nran anuntun EEan AAEE EEEE nE An EAEE EE nenna n annen nnana 252 STANAG 4539 Characteristics 0ccccccc cece eececccececeaeee secs ceeesuceaueaseeeeeseuaeaaeeseseeeseeaneneaeees 252 STANAG 4539 Demodulator Settings ccccceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeescaeeesaeeeenees 253 STANAG 4539 Features ccccccccccccceccccceceeeeeecceeseeuaeeeeesseeeeeuseauaeseeseeueeauaaaeeeseeeeeeaneaeaseees 253 STANAG 4539 HDR Characteristics 0 0cccccececcccccceeeeeeececeeeeeceaueeseseseeseeauaaeeseeeeeeseeaneneeeees 254 STANAG 5065 Characteristics 0cccccccccccccecceccece sees eee ceeeeuceauaeseseeeeseeauaaeeueeeeeeeeeaneneeseees 255 STANAG 5065 Demodulator Settings ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeesaeeesaeeeenees 255 STANAG 5065 Features eee ceeeeseuaueeeeseseeeeueeauaesesse
165. ectrum or spectrogram view the operator selects signals for further processing For each selcted signal a Digital Down Conversion DDC applied The output of a DDC is assigned to a production channel and the additional channel view displayed Alternatively the wideband classification results can be used to select signals of interest Modulation bandwidth symbol rate shift and other parameters are displayed for all classified signals within the wide band frequency range Production Channel A production channel features a detailed display of the selected narrowband signal The narrowband spectrum and spectrogram are configurable A production channel provides different operating modes Classification the signal is continuously classified Decoding the signals is decoded using a manually selected decoder Recognition and decoding the signal will be decoded automatically using a modem list Classification recognition and decoding suitable decoders will be automatically selected de pending on the classification result Depending on your license up to eight production channels can be used in parallel The result view is configurable using XSLT Extensible Style sheet Language Transformation User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Overview e 19 go2MONITOR Main Screen Start the software either from the Windows Start menu or by double clicking the go2MONITOR program icon on the desktop The software will come up with its main screen the
166. ed Level of Meta Chunks Stations List Fields for CSV Import and Export List of Supported Receivers ccceeeeeeeeeeeees Technical Classification Parameters Classifier Results Parameters Demodulator Uert HF Standard Decoders eoeseeeoeeeeeeeeeneennennsnnnn VUHF Standard Decoders cccccceceeeeeeeeeeees Premium Decoders ccccccceeecccseeeeceesseeeeeeeeeeeeeas Alcatel 801H Characterisilcs Alcatel 801H Demodulator Settings Alcatel 801H Features cccccceseseseeeeeeeeeeen sees ALIS Characteristics 00000ccccccccecceceeceeee seen eens ALIS Demodulator Geitigs eee ALIS Features ALIS 2 Characteristics 000 0 0cccccccceeceeceeeeeeeeee eee ALIS 2 Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 ALIS 2 Features 00 0 ccccecceccecesce sees eeeeeeeeeseeaneneees ARQ 6 90 Characterlsics ARQ 6 90 Demodulator Settings ARQ 6 90 Features ARQ 6 98 Characteristics cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees ARQ 6 98 Demodulator Settings ARQ 6 98 Features go2MONITOR List of Tables e 271 go2 MONITOR Table 43 ARQ E Characteristics 0 0 0 ccccccccccccccccccceesceceeeseceaueeeeseeeeeeuaeaueesseseeeeuaueueeseeeueuaeaueeeeseseueuananeesees 99 Table 44 ARQ E Demodulator Settings ceccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee cae eeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeseeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeteaes 100 Table 45 ARQ E Features csaa aa a a aa a a aaa aea ado aaia naair ii 100 Table 46 AbO EZCharachersics 101 Ta
167. ed in Har monic or Mirror mode Maximum Left Right Zoom in With enabled cursors the button Zoom in permits to graphically zoom into the area delimited by the cursors With disabled cursors the zoom enlarges the area by a factor defined by the Relative factor in the Spectrogram set tings of the total bandwidth around the center frequency Additionally a rec tangle can be drawn in the display window and you zoom into this section graphically Zoom out Each time the button Zoom Out is activated the Zoom in function is reversed Pause In Pause the display is stopped not the signal processing A change of pa rameters is possible for a more detailed analysis of the current signal Auto range Automatic setting of the displayed range to view the total amplitude Aggregation If activated the highest and average values are determined and displayed as a second curve in red color Table 6 Spectrogram Settings Cursor 36 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Spectrogram Settings Extras Spectrogram settings a Parameters Cursor Extras Display Standard Spectrum Normal At Cursor 1 Average value Cur 1 2 Peak hold type Maximum a Relative Factor 25 Figure 36 Spectrogram Settings Extra In this window different display types are selectable and the peak hold factor can be adjusted Item Description Display Inverse This item enables t
168. eeaaeseeeeesaeeesaaesseaeeseeeeeseaeesseaeeseneeeeaes 96 Figure 82 ARQ 6 98 Spectrogram c ccccecceesceceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeecaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeseaeeseaaeseneeescaeesseaeeseeeseaes 98 Figure 83 ARQ E cyc4 Spectrogram ccceeeceececeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaaesseaaeseneeeseaeessnaeeseneeseaes 99 Figure 84 ARQ E cyc8 Spectrogram cceccceceeceeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeaaeseeeeeeaeeseaaeeseaeeseeeesiaeeesaeseeeeeees 100 Figure 85 ARQ E3 cyc8 Spectrogram cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeaae sense saeeeeaaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeseeeeeees 101 Figure 86 ARQ M2 242 Spectrogram ccccecceeceeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeaaeseeeeecaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeeesoaeeesaeeeeneeee 103 Figure 87 ARQ M2 342 Spectrogram cccsceceecceceeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeeaaeeseaae scenes ceaeeeeaaeeseaeeseeeeesiaeeesaeeenneeees 104 Figure 88 ARQ M4 242 Spectrogram ccccceceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeaaeseeeeecaeeeseaeeseaeeseeeeesiaeeesaeeeeeeeees 106 Figure 89 ARQ M4 342 Spectrogram ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeaeeseeeeecaeeeeeaeseeaeeseeeeseaeeeeaeeeeeeeee 107 Figure 90 ARQ N Gpectrogram nannt 109 Figure 91 ASCII 7 Bit Gpectrogram enn 110 Figure 92 ASCII 8 Bit Spectrogram cccccceecceceeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeaaeseeeeecaeeesaaeseeaeeseeeeesaeessaeeeeneeees 112 Figure 93 AUTOSPEC Spectrogram ccccccecceceecceeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeecaaeeeeaaeseeee
169. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeseneaeens 62 Figure 66 Classification Window with Result ccccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeceeeeecaeeeeaaeeseaaeseneeeseaeeesaaeeteaeeseaes 62 Figure 67 Dynamic Modem List 0 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeee eee aeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeees 63 Figure 68 Recognition Decoding with Dynamic Modem List 63 Figure 69 Channel Classification History View 63 Figure 70 Channel Mode Decoding ssssssesssssrssrissrrssrrssirssiissirsstnsstnsstinstnnstnnstnnstinstnnstnnstnn ttnn ttnn nenn ne nennt 64 Figure 71 Decoding Of Signals A 64 Figure 72 Recognition and Decoding of Gionals 66 Figure 73 Classification Recognition and Decoding of Signals cccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeeeneeeeaes 66 Figure 74 Standard WAN Fomat sseseeesenesenssrnssrnsstnsstnsstnsstnsstnssrnsstnsntenstensttasntnnnnntnnnttnntnanatnnntnnnnnnnn ennet 69 Figure 75 Extended WAV File Format 70 Figure 76 XML SCH TT 71 Figure 77 Generation and Application Of bin Files nentet 78 Figure 78 Alcatel 801H Spectrogram cccccesceeeeceeceeeeeeeaeeeeneeceeeeecaaeeeeaaeeeeeeesaeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeseaeessaeeseaeeeeaes 92 Figure 79 ALIS Spectrogram EE 93 Figure 80 ALIS 2 Spectrogram cccccceeseceenceceeeeeceaeeeesaeseneecaeeeseaeseeaaeseeeesaeeeeaaesdeaeeeneeeseaeeseaaeseeneeenaes 95 Figure 81 ARQ 6 90 Spectrogram ccccccceeseeceeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeneeceaeeeeaaee
170. eeeeeeuaeeeeessceeseuseauaeseeeeseeauaaaeeeseeeueeanaasseees 194 Visel Demodulator Geitinge A 194 AER GT 194 ACARS VHF Charachertstce turin nsue tnta ninennun annn nnnnn nna 195 ACARS VHF Demodulator Gettngs 196 ACARS VHF Features 196 AIS Characteristics cccccccccccccscccececceeceseeeeeeeceeeeeeeaueeseseceeueuauaaeedsceeeesseaueaseeeeesesaeaueeseeeeesees 197 AIS Demodulator Setting A 198 AIS FOAUUPOS eege eege ee ee ee dese ge 198 CCIR Characteristics 0 0 ccccceccccccceeeecececeeececeaeeesecceeeeeeaueueeseceeeeueeaaeeseseeeseuaeaaaeeeseeesseanaaeeseees 198 CCIR Demodulator Settings cccccceeececeeeeeceeeeeeeeseneeeceaeeesaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeeees 199 CIR FOature icc gesi ege ERAN NES dE EES dee Ee 199 CCITT OCharactertstice aaa a Eaa aaa E Aa EEEa 200 CCITT Demodulator Settings 0 ccccceccceceeeeecceeeeeeeceeeeecaeeeeaaeceeneeseaeeeseaeeseaeeseeeeseaeeeeaeeeenees 200 CCITT FGAtures A PE E Ge dE EAEE E A Ee T 201 CTCSS Characteristics icsse a aa A i Aa a ai 201 CTCSS Demodulator Settings cccecccecccceeceneeeeneeceeeeecaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaesseaeesseeeescaeeesaeseeeees 202 CTCSS EE 202 DMR Characteristics s iiiocnieieeni nnne n aa aa aaa iaa a aaa aaa 203 DMR Demodulator Settings 0 cccceccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeee cae eeeaaeeeeeeeeaeeeseaeeseaeeseeeeesaeeesaeeeeneeees 203 BMR Features irinna ae A Ee 203 dAPMR Characleristlcs 204 dPMR Demodulator Settings cccccee
171. eeseuaeaaeeseeeeeeeeananeeeees 256 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 List of Tables e 277 go2MONITOR Index A About 27 About us 3 ACARS VHF 195 Add Stations 45 AF 261 AIS 197 Alcatel 801H 91 ALE 261 ALE 2G 233 ALIS 93 ALIS 2 94 Appearance of Cursors 56 Appendix 257 ARQ 261 ARQ 6 90 96 ARQ 6 98 97 ARQ E 99 ARQ E3 101 ARQ M2 242 102 ARQ M2 342 104 ARQ M4 242 105 ARQ M4 342 107 ARQ N 108 ASCII 261 ASCII 7 Bit 110 ASCII 8 Bit 111 Automatic 229 AUTOSPEC 113 Available Decoders 91 195 233 B Baudot async 114 Baudot sync 116 BCH 261 bin txt Files 77 bin ver txt and cmf Modem Description Files 75 Bug reporting 258 BULG ASCII 117 278 e Index C CCIR 198 CCITT 200 Channel Processing 27 Channel Window 49 Channel Window Toolbar 52 CHN 4plus4 234 CHU 119 CIS 405 3915 128 CIS 11 120 CIS 12 122 CIS 14 123 CIS 36 125 CIS 36 50 126 CIS 8181 129 Classification 27 Classification Recognition Decoding Mode 66 Classification Mode 62 Classification of Modulation 40 Classification Results 62 Classifier 82 Classifier Snapshot Wideband 38 Classifier Results 41 Clover 2000 132 Clover II 130 cmf files 78 Codan 3012 134 Codan Selcal 136 Conditions of sale 258 Configuration 13 16 Connecting the Dongle 12 Contents 27 Context menu 262 Coquelet 13 139 Coquelet 8 138 Coquelet 80 141 CTCSS 201 Cursor 55 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D Database Directory 46
172. em list yes Table 191 PACTOR II FEC Features PACTOR II General Information Pactor Ill mode is a proprietary standard developed by SCS GmbH amp Co KG Hanau Germany It is an advancement of the Pactor I and Pactor Il modes Usage ARQ and broadcast data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter VELG Modulation DBPSK DQPSK Number of channels 2 6 14 16 18 Channel spacing Hz 120 Bandwidth Hz max 2200 Symbol rate Bd 100 per channel Coding Convolutional FEC code Table 192 PACTOR III Characteristics 11 19 42 500 4 11 19 43 000 11 19 43 500 11 19 44 000 11 1944 SNN D d6F5 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 134 PACTOR III Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Pactor III Min burst length s 0 300 Max burst length s 3 400 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 171 s go2MONITOR Parameter Default Min pause length s 0 035 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name pactor_iii ver Table 193 PACTOR III Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 194 PACTOR III Features Piccolo MK6 General Information The Piccolo modes
173. en in ze Laut C sel Off Di Fi CIS OFDM 11535 20110203_085145 way Ff Record0_20110113_094813 wav B TACIS VFT 1440 10900 20110203_082554 wav Fa Record0_20110325_144821 wav Zuletzt FW Juliusruh_20130215_104055 wav verwendete D 8 Julusruh_20130215_104249 wav Fi Julusruh_20130217_103300 way B Fi Julusruh_20130217_103540 wav Fi Julusruh_20130217_104344 wav Desktop Fi Julusruh_20130217_104912 wav Fd Julusruh_20130217_105739 wav Ki Fld Julusruh_20130217_105816 wav Fi RecordO_20100928_122923 wav Th Record0_20101210_122316 wav Fl RecordO_20101210_123809 wav FW RecordO_20101210_125301 wav ki RecordO_20101210_125328 way Eigene Dateien Arbeitsplatz Dateiname Netzwerkumgeb Dateityp WAV Signal fles wav Figure 28 Add Signal Files Menu You can select a wav file If you press lt Opens the file is transferred into the internal input buffer Wav File Drag and Drop You can load a wav file by drag and drop To do so open the explorer select a valid wav file and drag it to the area of the progress bar You can see the format of the mouse cursor change If the sign appears at the lower end of the arrow cursor you can drop the file Playback will start immediately The name of the file is displayed in the progress bar 28 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR Play File Toolbar When the wav file is replayed the following functions are possible Butt
174. ency for cursor 1 Cursor2 Frequency for cursor 2 Diff Cur 1 2 Frequency distance between cursor and cursor2 Total diff Frequency distance between the first and last cursor in 2 cursor mode har monic or mirror mode Z Cursor The cursors are activated deactivated in Z direction They are used to meas ure values of time Cursor Time of cursor 1 Cursor2 Time of cursor 1 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 35 D go2 MONITOR Cursor Description Diff Cur 1 2 Time difference between cursor 1 and 2 Inv diff Inverted difference is a function for direct frequency readout according to the formula 1 value in box 1 2 Total diff Time distance between the first and last cursor in 2 cursor mode harmonic or mirror mode Cursor Mode 2 Cursor For measuring tasks two cursors are displayed at the same time mode Harmonic With this button a specific number of cursors defined by the spin box Number at equidistant intervals in the area delimited by cursor1 and cursor are dis played This mode makes it i e easy to measure the frequency distance for multi frequency signals like MFSK Mirrored With this button a specific number of cursors defined by the spin box Number at equidistant intervals on the left and right side of cursor1 are displayed The number off cursors should be odd Center Delta Number With this spin box the number of cursors is selected to be display
175. er Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 121 go2MONITOR CIS 12 General Information CIS 12 is a Soviet military multi channel modem It features scrambled voice or data communication at a maximum data rate of 4800 bits sec This modem system is also known as MS5 and FIRE Usage a Data communication over HF Mode Properties 15 05 30 500 15 05 31 000 15 05 31 500 15 05 32 000 15 05 32 500 dBF5 o 2000 1750 1500 Demodulator Settings 1250 Parameter VELG Modulation Multi channel PSK2 PSK4 Number of channels 2 Channel spacing Hz 200 Symbol rate Baud 120 Coding Vocoder Pilot tone Hz 3300 Table 88 CIS 12 Characteristics 1000 4 Figure 99 CIS 12 Spectrogram Demodulator MDPSK 2 4 8 16 A B r 50 100 w 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Parameter Default Symbol rate Bd 120 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 4 Version A No of channels 12 Channel position type Channel distance 122 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Channel distance Hz 200 VER file name cis 12_psk4 ver Table 89 CIS 12 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Po
176. er to a citizen or resident of such User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Appendix e 257 go2MONITOR country upon which an embargo has been imposed on the basis of existing national or interna tional export controls All rights to the use the Software shall be forfeited if the provisions of this EULA are not adhered to This EULA is governed by and construed in accordance with Swiss law and LICENSEE irrevo cably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Bern Switzerland Software and other relevant products are license protected e g WIBU Key or CodeMeter dongle Bug reporting Please report to support go2signals ch Required Information Operating system Other Applications running Langauge of the operating system Screen Shot When did show up this problem for the first time Conditions of sale General These general conditions of sales are binding if no other conditions have been declared as applicable in the offer or the confirmation of PLATH AG Customer orders are binding only if PLATH AG has confirmed them in writing These general conditions of sales are valid from September 1st 2012 Prices The list prices are net and exclude VAT shipping and packing costs unless otherwise arranged PLATH AG reserves the right to change the prices All special offers are subject to alteration without notice The supplier reserves the right to accept or refuse an order Delivery Time The delivery time is specifie
177. erage values are determined and displayed as a second curve in red color Aggregation This check box will pause the aggregation pause 34 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2MONITOR Table 5 Spectrogram Settings Parameters Spectrogram Settings Cursor Spectrogram settings Parameters 2 Cursor mode Deka Cursor Cursor2 Diff Cur 1 2 Inv diff Total dif Cursorl Cursor2 Diff Cur 1 2 Inv diff Total dif Cursor Extras Number C x Cursor C v Cursor 117 17 dB 4 591 802 50 Hz 106 70 dB 14025 50 Hz 10 47 dB A 0 07130 ms f 14025 50 Hz C 2 Cursor 00 00 00 000 00 00 00 000 R infinity f 00 00 00 000 Figure 35 Spectrogram Settings Cursor In this window the cursor functions can be set up Cursor Description X Cursor The cursors are activated deactivated in X direction They are used to meas ure frequencies in Hz Cursor1 Frequency for cursor 1 Cursor2 Frequency for cursor 2 Diff Cur 1 2 Frequency distance between cursor1 and cursor2 Inv diff Inverted difference is a function for direct time readout according to the for mula 1 value in box Diff Cur 1 2 Total diff Frequency distance between the first and last cursor in 2 cursor mode har monic or mirror mode Y Cursor The cursors are activated deactivated in Y direction They are used to meas ure the level of signals in db Cursor Frequ
178. eral Information CIS 36 is a modem used by the Soviet military and diplomatic services This modem system is also known as CROWD 36 Usage Data communication over HF Mode Properties Modulation MFSK Number of tones 36 Tone spacing Hz 40 Bandwidth Hz 2000 Symbol rate Baud 40 Encryption Table 94 CIS 36 Characteristics dBFS 0 50 100 15 05 35 500 15 05 36 000 15 05 36 500 15 05 37 000 15 05 37 500 H D go2 MONITOR 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 Figure 101 CIS 36 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings THz Parameter Default Demodulator Multitone MFSk Tone duration ms 25 TD tolerance ms 2 5 No of tones 36 Tone position type Equidistant frequencies Tone distance Hz 40 VER file name cis 36 ver Table 95 CIS 36 Demodulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 125 W go2MONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 96 CIS 36 Features CIS 36 50 General Information CIS 36 50 is a modem used by the Soviet navy This modem system is also known as BEE or T600 Usage Data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value
179. eseaaeseceseesceeseaaeeeceeeeseseseaaeseeeeeess 220 Table 298 TETRA Demodulator SettingS ccccceccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceaeeecaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaesesaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 221 Table 299 TETRA FOAatures cscs ccscstsdi cesessccneacdssaevazedactvaas dh ceadscteeans Ganevanedlnavaes ddacvacedacteacdfaaeeetedandeaea dees 221 Table 300 Tetrapol Characteristics c ccccccescecessesceeecseeeeeecseeeeeeseeeeeseseneeeesseneeeseseeeeeeesseeeeesssesaeessseeaeess 222 Table 301 Tetrapol Demodulator Settings ccceccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeeceaesesaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 222 Table 302 Tetrapol Features 223 Table 303 VDEW Characteristics 0 cccccccecccccecsesssesecesceeceeseaaeeeceeeesceeseaaeseseaeeuseeseuaeseceeseseseeenaeseeeeeens 223 Table 304 VDEW Demodulator Gettngs istrie ttintttnttnuttnnttnnnttunnnntuntunnnnnnnnnsen nann 224 Table 305 VBEW Features iz ccsi viccisdeusccesesencslvie cast snics cane dxwe NES ened eis ASSEN VEER nndunih aai NE ea apia aieiaa 224 Table 306 VDL 2 Characteristics 0 cccccccccceccceceesssseseceseeeceeeaseaeseeeesceeseaaeseceeseseseseaaeseceeeeseseseaaeseeeesens 224 Table 307 VDL 2 Demodulator Settings ccccccecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeeeeeseaeeesaaesesaaeseeeeeseaeeeseaeeneaeeeeaes 225 Table 308 VDL 2 FO atures ainicin sacs cave oes dae dacnsnics ocd sea ASSEN dues Cacgagih wad sais andi VER 225 Table 309 VDL 3 Characteristics
180. eseneeseeeesiaeeeeaeeeenees 235 HC ARQ Spectrogram ccccccccceesceeeeeeeceeeeesaeeeeaceeeaeeeceaeeeeaaesgeeeeseaeeeseaeseeaeeeeeeeseaeeseaeseeneeees 236 LINK 11 CLEW Spectrogram ccccccccceceeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeecaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeseaeeseaeeneneeees 238 LINK 11 SLEW Spectrogram siseses niivie iien 239 MIL M 55529A Spectrogram cccecceceeeceeceeeeeeeeceeeeecaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseneeees 240 MIL STD 188 110B 16Tone Gpechrogram 242 MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone Spectrogram ccceecceceeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeceaeeeeaeseeeeeseeeesnaeeseeeesaes 243 STANAG 4197 Spectrogram cccccceecceceeeeeeneeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeseaeeseeeeesaeeesaaeedeeeeseeeesiaeseeeessenees 245 STANAG 4285 Spectrogram cccccceecceeseeeeeneeceeeeeceeeeeaaeeseaeeseeeeecaeeesaaeeeeeeeseeeesiaeeeenaeeeenees 246 STANAG 4415 Spectrogram eccccccecceceeeceeneeceeeeeceaeeeeaaesteneeeeaeeeseaesseaaesgeneeseeeesaeseenaeesenees 248 STANAG 4481 FSK Spectrogram 0 ccccceeceececeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeneeseeeeceaeeesaaeeseneeseeeessaeeesaeeeenees 249 STANAG 4481 PSK Spectrogram cccccccceececeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeeseaeeeeeeeseeeeseaeseeaeeeenees 250 STANAG 4529 Spectrogram ceccecceecceeseeceeneeeeeeeeceeeeeeaaesseneeeneeeesaaesseaaesseneeceeeesaeseeaaeesinees 251 STANAG 4539 Spectrogram ccccccceccecseeceeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaesseneeseeeesaaesseaaesseneeseaeeesaeseeaaeesenees 253 STANAG 4539 HDR Spe
181. f teletype data over a radio channel in a ro bust way Usage Basic maritime data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 170 Bandwidth Hz 400 500 Symbol rate Bd 96 192 Error correction FEC Alphabet ITA 2 Table 219 SI FEC Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 183 D go2 MONITOR 15 07 00 000 15 07 00 500 15 07 01 000 15 07 01 500 15 07 02 000 d6F5 50 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 D 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Hz Figure 143 SI FEC Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 96 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 170 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name si fec ver Table 220 SI FEC Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 221 SI FEC Features 184 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR SITOR A General Information Simplex Teletype Over Radio SITOR is a mode for maritime communications to exchange teletype data over a radio channel in a robust way SITOR A is the ARQ variant Usage Basic maritime data c
182. file name visel ver Table 241 Visel Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Feature Status Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 242 Visel Features 194 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Standard Decoders VHF UHF Version History Release Date Editor History 1 0 2013 07 05 MBu Start Available Decoders ACARS VHF General Information Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System ACARS is a digital datalink system for ex change of small messages between aircraft and ground stations Usage Aeronautical communication on VHF Mode Properties Modulation primary DSB AM secondary MSK Shift Hz 1200 Bandwidth kHz 25 Symbol rate Bd 2400 Coding CRC Table 243 ACARS VHF Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 195 gt e go2MONITOR 07 30 06 500 07 30 07 000 07 30 07 500 07 30 08 000 07 30 08 500 4 w 0 0000000 dBF5 0 50 100 20000 15000 10000 5000 D 5000 10000 15000 20000 Hz Figure 151 ACARS VHF Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator G MSK Type MSK Symbol rate Bd 2400 SR tolerance Bd 2 000 BT 1 0 Min burst length s 0
183. ftware Digital Down Converter DDC This way all signals are fragmented into smaller segments Classification In this step common modulation types and modulation parameters are directly detected from the signal Typical modems are classified by means of spectral pattern correlation Additionally un modulated carriers and sweepers are detected Technical Parameters Classification specifications see Classifier on page 82 40 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Classifier Results A typical result window is shown in the following figure Classification Modulation Frequenc Bandwidth Shift Tone Symbol rat SNR Time Stations Unknown 6316 7 kHz 2954 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 18dB 15 14 54 0 Unknown 6331 1 kHz 6348 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 23dB 15 14 59 0 PSK8A 6337 1 kHz 3357 Hz 0 0 Hz 2400 0 Bd 38 dB 15 14 59 0 FSK2 6342 1 kHz 549Hz 196 7 Hz 50 0 Bd 35dB 15 14 59 0 Unknown 6345 2 kHz 2747 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 16 dB 15 14 59 0 l PSKSA 6349 4 kHz 4883 Hz 0 0Hz 2400 0 Bd 35dB 15 14 59 0 Unknown 6359 3kHz2 4517 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 46 dB 15 14 59 0 FSK2 6365 7 kHz 1587 Hz 825 3 Hz 50 1 Bd 28dB 15 14 59 0 Unknown 6368 6 kHz 610 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 27 dB 15 14 57 0 Unknown 6371 7 kHz 1648 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 10dB 15 14 59 0 d Morse 6379 1 kHz 183 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 18dB 15 14 59 0 Unknown 6384 0 kHz 4150 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 35dB 15 14 59 0 d Voice 4M 6400 1 kHz 8423 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 29dB 15 14 59 0 Unkn
184. gs cccccccceceeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaaeseeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeseaeeeeaes 237 Table 323 HC ARQ Features 237 Table 324 LINK 11 CLEW Characteristics cccccscsccecccecseseseeseseseeecseeaseseceeeesceeeuaeseceeeesesessnaeeeeeeeees 237 Table 325 LINK 11 CLEW Demodulator Settings ccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeneaeeseaes 238 Table 326 LINK 11 CLEW Features ccccccccccccscssssesecesceecsesseseaeeesecsceeseaaeseceeseseseseaaeseeeesesesensaeseeeesens 238 Table 327 LINK 11 SLEW Characteristics ccccccccccccccecsesssaeseeeeececcessaaeseceecesseessuaeeuceeeescsessaaseeeeeeens 239 Table 328 LINK 11 SLEW Demodulator Settings ccccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeeeaeeneeeeeaes 239 Table 329 LINK 11 SLEW Features in serese tainn teneitnn nanira adinan aaa aa iiaiai a 240 Table 330 MIL M 55529A Characteristics ccccceccccecsescececeeeeeeeceneeeeesseeeesseeeeeeeseneeeesseneseesssnsaeesssneaeess 240 Table 331 MIL M 55529A Demodulator Gettngs 241 Table 332 MIL M 55529A Feature 2 2 ccccccccccccc cece cece cece cece cece cece rainn eunet eeina eaaa eain inaa an K aiun EEE 241 276 e List of Tables User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Table 333 Table 334 Table 335 Table 336 Table 337 Table 338 Table 339 Table 340 Table 341 Table 342 Table 343 Table 344 Table 345 Table 346 Table 347 Table 348 Table 349 Table
185. gth s 0 040 Max burst length s 0 080 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 197 go2MONITOR Parameter Default Min pause length s 0 440 VER file name ais ver Table 247 AIS Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is 11 340 kHz above the pilot tone Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 248 AIS Features CCIR General Information These SelCal standards are based on the CCIR Recommendations now ITU CCIR 1 CCIR 2 CCIR 7 and PCCIR CCIR 1 and CCIR 2 vary in the nominal tone duration Usage Narrowband FM SelCal system in the VHF UHF frequency range Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation Multitone Number of tones 16 Coding Character coding Table 249 CCIR Characteristics 198 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR 15 07 24 500 15 07 25 000 15 07 25 500 15 07 26 000 15 07 26 500 dBF5 o 50 4 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 D 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 l 1750 2000 Hz Figure 153 CCIR Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Analogue Selcall Tone duration ms 100 TD tolerance ms 10 No of tones 17 SELCAL type CCIR 1 PCCIR Min burst length s 0 400 Max burst le
186. he invers color display Standard This item enables the standard color display Monochrome This item enables the monochrome color display Peak hold type Maximum This item aggregates the maximum values during aggregation time Minimum This item aggregates the minimum values during aggregation time Average This item aggregates the average values during aggregation time Relative factor The relative factor is used for the zoom process to determine the zoom fac tor Pause In Pause the display is stopped not the signal processing A change of pa rameters is possible for a more detailed analysis of the current signal Auto range Automatic setting of the displayed range to view the total amplitude Aggregation If activated the highest and average values are determined and displayed as a second curve in red color Table 7 Spectrogram Settings Extra Magnifier After selecting a rectangle area of the spectrogram with this menu item a new window will be opened dis playing the selected area User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 37 go2MONITOR T go2MONITOR File Views Help HFrequency Time set Amplitude Zoom magnifier H Pause Autorange yl Settings dp Add channel Record Input PERSEUS 1 v Frequency 5 183kHz gt gt 7 100 Bandwidth 100 kHz e 10 40 48 000 10 40 50 000 AUSF SUU 10 40 52 000 10 40 54 000 10 41 02 000 10 40 56 000 Chi Fa 10 41 02 500 10 40 58 000 10 41 03 000 10 41 00 000
187. he ratio of signal power to the noise power A ratio higher than 1 1 indicates more signal than noise Normally the values are indicated in dB UHF Ultra High Frequency 0 3 3 GHz This is the frequency band for information transfer with high bandwidth Due to the quasi optical wave propagation the range is limited to about 10 kilometers for omnidirectional antenna systems and to line of sight links in case of directional antennas User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Glossary of Terms e 263 D go2 MONITOR VHF Very High Frequency 30 300 MHz This is the frequency range for information transfer with medium bandwidth Due to the more or less qua si optical wave propagation the range is limited to some 10 kilometers for omnidirectional antenna sys tems and to close to line of sight links in case of directional antennas XSLT XSLT Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations is a language for transforming XML documents into other XML documents or other objects such as HTML for web pages etc The original document is not changed rather a new document is created based on the content of an ex isting one 264 e Glossary of Terms User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Glossary of Terms e 265 e go2 MONITOR List of Figures Figure 1 Welcome Screen of the Installation Assistant ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeee cece eeeeaeeeeaee scenes seaeeseaeeeeaeeteneees 5 Figure 2 License AQre ment ccc
188. his mode the following steps are executed sequentially Classification of the signal Building a dynamic Modem list according to parameters of the classifier results Start the modem recognition f successful starts the decoding of the signal otherwise restart from the beginning Channel 1 ME DE oa A center dein E D 5 kiz y EI Mode Classification Recognition Deco HIT Lee O Gnad Hao Of Classification result History Modem status Detection gel A Aouti v Modulation FSK2 63 x ch started 28 02 13 Search text Symbolrate 56 03 Bd 7 Cl clear Shift 113 Hz Ne Copy Frequency 4610 07 kHz Sos Modem searah stopped 20002112 Save Bandwidth 1514 Hz Print SNR 32 dB Signal time 28 02 13 09 55 04 9s ago Wrap text Text only Audio file 28 02 13 09 13 28 11 8s gi l gt ipri Status Classification Modulation FSK2 Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Figure 73 Classification Recognition and Decoding of Signals 66 e Channel Window User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Options Option 1 Narrowband Receiver Control 4 Channels TBD Option 2 Wideband Classification 20 MHz TBD Option 3 Automatic Monitoring and Tasking TBD Option 4 Multichannel Production 32 Channels TBD Option 5 Wideband Recording 20 MHz TBD User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Options e 67 go2MONITOR Technical Reference WAV Files WAV Format This su
189. ication in the VHF UHF frequency range among closed user groups such as public safe ty military industry and transportation Mode Properties Modulation DQPSK Bandwidth Hz 25000 Symbol rate Bd 18000 Coding FEC encryption Table 297 TETRA Characteristics 220 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR 14 03 16 000 14 03 16 500 14 03 17 000 14 03 17 500 EHS 0 0000000 d6F5 o 50 100 15000 12500 10000 7500 5000 2500 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 12500 15000 Hz Figure 169 TETRA Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator DPSK 2 4 8 A B Symbol rate Bd 18000 SR tolerance Bd 10 Modulation order 4 Version B VER file name tetra ver Table 298 TETRA Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Right now the modem does process only downlink signals Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 299 TETRA Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 221 go2MONITOR Tetrapol General Information Tetrapol is a digital professional mobile radio standard for digital voice and data communication The standard has been designed by Matra and EADS corporation Currently Tetrapol networks exist in 3
190. ike to define each time a file name Buttons OK Accept all changes and close the window Set defaults Restore default settings Cancel Close window without saving m Settings General Language English v X Show text next to icons in main toolbar Channels Default mode Classification Switch delay automatically in Classification Recognition Decoding kl Channel raster when moving channels per mouse 1 000 00 Hz Decoder results Font Courier New 8 Channel markers LJ Color 8 Line width Single Recordings Default directory for recording Last used directory gt bet gt Use generated file name Ask about the file name Views Menu From the menu Views different windows can be opened 26 e Main Screen x Setdefautts Gei Figure 23 Settings Window User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2IMONITOR LU go2MONITOR Fie MUER Help v Channel Processing Classification Spectrogram settings Stations Figure 24 Main Menu Views All views can be attached to the main window or be separated into a single window by drag and drop For example in a two monitor system the channel window displaying 1 4 or 8 channels can be moved to a second monitor Channel Processing Display the channel window for narrowband classification recognition and decoding of waveforms Classification Display the control and result window for the wideband classification Spectrogram Settings
191. info Table 19 Extended Level of Meta Chunks User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Technical Reference e 73 D go2 MONITOR The custom level contains any further user defined fields This is an example of the valid XML meta chunk content lt xml version 1 0 encoding utf 8 gt lt signalinfo xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation signalinfo xsd gt lt base gt lt signaltime gt 2009 02 01T05 56 45 234Z lt signaltime gt lt rf_frequency gt 6075000 lt rf frequency gt lt data_type gt real lt data_type gt lt sample rate gt 20000 lt sample_ rate gt lt if_frequency gt 12500 lt if_ frequency gt lt base gt lt extended gt lt antenna gt Antenne 1 lt antenna gt lt receiver gt EM010 lt receiver gt lt extended gt lt signalinfo gt Tools wavetxt exe The wavetxt application serves to provide the additional information required for the signal processing software if they are not contained in the wav file or if they are wrong This additional txt file can be gener ated with the application wavetxt exe or be setup manually and must be stored together with the wav file in the same directory If you have a test wav file then the associated txt file is test txt The structure of the txt file is Comments 0 0 Signal Number File Number not required COMPLEX or REAL signal 1 Number of channels not required 1 10250 Absolute frequency in Hz
192. ion Quality Decoder Som Ge Search text ASCII BBit 180Bd 500Hz Detecting not detected 26 nosyne 262 g Clear AUTOSPEC Detecting not detected 33 noresult 69 Copy 28 02 13 Save Print Baudot sync 200Bd 850Hz Detecting notdetected 0 nosync 200 SSC oer BULG ASCII 758d 510Hz Detecting not detected 29 mosync 68 Text only CCIR 1 Detecting inactive 0 noresut Di A CCIR 2 Detecting inactive 0 noresult Du CCIT Detecting inactive 0 noresut Du S CHN 4 4 Detecting notdetected 45 nosync 76 Se 4581 0 4582 0 4583 0 4584 0 4585 0 Geng EE Ges mmm SI Il lt 7 anain sila t28 n2 12 na 12 28 11 eei inro i Status Decoding Modulation FSK2 matched Modem Baudot async SOBd 450Hz2 Best E 0 21 M SEA OF ALAND 60 7 Figure 72 Recognition and Decoding of Signals Modem Search On starting the mode recognition and decoding you will see that the spectrogram displays the signal in single frequencies the figure shows a Baudot signal In the result display you will first see the modem search The color of the modem in the list varies depending on the state of recognition e g the Baudot line first turns yellow then green This indicates that the signal has been recognized by the search rou tine A moment later the modem turns green and the decoded Baudot text is displayed in the pane show ing the final results For a list of all available modems see Decoder List on page 84 Classification Recognition Decoding Mode In t
193. ion the result text will be written to the output window including a time stamp and a status The most recently decoded text is additionally displayed in the status bar below the output window Recognition Decoding Mode General A production channel uses a configurable list of decoders and checks which of these decoders matches the signal The signal is demodulated decoded and the results are displayed in the result view The decoder lists can be configured loaded and saved This way the operator can define specific decoders to be used according to the monitoring task A previ ous Classification enhances the production go2DECODE go2SIGNALS product for recognition demodu lation analysis and decoding can be used for analysis and creation of a new decoder which can be used in go2MONITOR Signals of interest can easily be added to an integrated station list Entries in the station list can be as signed to production channels using drag amp drop or the context menu In this operation mode the software is searching for the correct modem within a modem list The modem list can be selected from a drop down list and is displayed in the table User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Channel Window e 65 go2MONITOR Channel 1 S04 DE Bh ol A center 4583 0ke P dis el EI Mode Recognition Decoding Jon Les Son CC A ao Of All modems E Is E stan S Modem Status Detect
194. istics 15 06 50 000 15 06 50 500 15 06 51 000 15 06 51 500 15 06 52 000 4 r 200 175 150 125 100 75 50 25 o 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 dBFS 0 50 100 Hz Figure 138 PSK10 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator DPSK 2 4 8 16 A B Symbol rate Bd 10 SR tolerance Bd 0 5 Modulation order 2 Version A VER file name psk10 ver Table 205 PSK10 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 177 go2MONITOR Feature Status Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 206 PSK10 Features PSK10 AM General Information PSK10 AM is a modem type developed by radio amateurs PSK10 AM emissions are very narrow band and robust against fading effects Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation DBPSK Symbol rate Bd 10 31 25 50 Coding Repetition code Table 207 PSK10 AM Characteristics 15 06 29 500 15 06 30 000 15 06 30 500 15 06 31 000 15 06 31 500 lt LJ 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 dBF5 0 50 100 Hz Figure 139 PSK10 AM Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default
195. it and optionally a parity bit thus each character consists of a total of 9 10 or 11 bits BCH In coding theory the BCH codes form a class of parameterized error correcting codes BCH codes were invented in 1959 by Hocquenghem and independently in 1960 by Bose and Ray Chaudhuri The acro nym BCH comprises the initials of these inventors names User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Glossary of Terms e 261 go2MONITOR Reed Solomon codes which are BCH codes are used in applications such as satellite communications compact disc players DVDs disk drives and two dimensional bar codes In technical terms a BCH code is a multilevel cyclic variable length digital error correcting code used to correct multiple random error patterns BCH codes may also be used with multilevel phase shift keying whenever the number of levels is a prime number or a power of a prime number A BCH code in 11 levels has been used to represent the 10 decimal digits plus a sign digit Context menu A context menu also called contextual shortcut popup or pop up menu is a menu in a graphical user in terface GUI that appears upon user interaction such as a right click mouse operation A context menu offers a limited set of choices that are available in the current state or context of the operating system or application Usually the available choices are actions related to the selected object dB Decibel Symbol dB is a logarithmic unit that indicates ratio or g
196. ith an application like by go2DECODE The basic structure of a ver file is lt xml version 1 0 encoding utf 8 gt lt Modem version 1 0 gt lt tag gt value lt tag gt lt tag gt value lt tag gt lt tag gt value lt tag gt lt Modem gt Next follows an example it is the ver file for the Baudot modem with 50 Bd and 450 Hz shift It is identified by its name lt Name gt Baudot async 50Bd 450Hz lt Name gt The Baud rate is 50 Bd lt BaudRate gt 50 lt BaudRate gt The Baud rate tolerance is 5 Bd lt BaudRateTolerance gt 5 lt BaudRateTolerance gt The shift is 450 Hz lt Shift gt 450 lt Shift gt The shift tolerance is 10 Hz lt ShiftTolerance gt 10 lt ShiftTolerance gt The decoder is lt DecoderName gt baudot115 bin lt DecoderName gt User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Technical Reference e 75 go2MONITOR lt xml version 1 0 encoding utf 8 gt lt Modem version 1 0 gt lt ModemID gt 2069 lt ModemID gt lt Name gt Baudot async 50Bd 450Hz lt Name gt lt NameAbbr gt lt NameAbbr gt lt ModemVersion gt 0 lt ModemVersion gt lt PrimaryModulationType gt 3 lt PrimaryModulationType gt lt DemodulatorType gt 4 lt DemodulatorType gt lt OffsetNominalFrequency gt 0 lt OffsetNominalFrequency gt lt MinSSOSearchFrequency gt 500 lt MinSSOSearchFrequency gt lt MaxSSOSearchFrequency gt 500 lt MaxSSOSearchFrequency gt lt F7bMode gt 8 lt F7bMode gt lt CloverType gt 1 lt CloverType gt
197. iver Input When selecting a receiver as input the toolbar will provide functions according to the following figure For the setup of additional receivers see Receiver Setup on page 13 LI go2MONITOR File Views Help HE Frequency H Time fat Amplitude J Zoom Magnifier Hl Pause Autorange ij Settings efa Add channel Record Input PERSEUS 1 v Frequency 4 583kHz 2 gt 3400 Bandwidth 100 kHz Figure 29 Receiver Control Setting a Center Frequency The center frequency for a receiver can be entered directly as a value into the field Frequency If a frequency has been entered into this field it is possible to tune the frequency in steps related to the se lected bandwidth with the two arrows on the right side of the frequency field The left arrow will tune the frequency to a lower value the right arrow to a higher value It is also possible to tune the frequency with the mouse wheel For this function you have to place the mouse cursor on the right side of the digits Moving the mouse wheel will also change the frequency up and down Setting the Receiver Bandwidth The bandwidth of the overview spectrum can be set with the Bandwidth dropdown box You will be pro vided different bandwidth values and can select one of them User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 29 D go2 MONITOR Setting the Receiver Attenuation Strong signals close to the signal to be demodulated can cause intermodulation To
198. l Reference 69 WAV Ples E EAEE E EEE 69 WAV Ge d EE 69 Extended WAV Format with Custom Data 69 MOOS EE 74 bin ver txt and cmf Modem Description Eles 75 WOK UE 75 DIN AXE TEEN 77 el 78 iv e Contents User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Station List Cyle Specifications eu EE Supported Receivers Classifier 0 0 ccccccceceeceees ereenn Demodulators a nn Decoder List Standard Decoders HF Version History Available Decoders AA Baudot async Baudot vn BULG ASCII n a Coverit Clover 2000 Codan 20717 Codan Gelca Coouelei 8 Coouelet 172 Coouelet 90 DGPS E User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Contents e v vi e Contents go2 MONITOR MEROD iere a e aaa ar eN 157 MESK8 EE 158 MER T 160 MOIS gute 161 OVUM EE 162 Packet SOO wccveciiwcdchessteadiveta stdeaesttbnwnsedeaesaeebtestecwedesaansauevaecdkcenmineteetanaws 164 PAGTIOR Lee EEN 165 PAGTOR iA REG gege EES NEEN 167 AGORA NEE 168 PAGTOR WN FE G E A ET E A EE teaevs 169 PAG TOR AM a a a a A A a aE aaa 171 Piccolo MIR taggt EES 172 Piccolo MK KEE 174 ag le ME 175 Be AE 176 PSK10 AM ooesesssserrsnrssesssrrriinrssssrninrinnsstrtninrietauntnnnnnnnue nu nnnnnn ennn 178 E EE 179 HUMEEC oo ecce cece cece cece eccecceccececeeeeeecceeeeaeaueesesseeeseuaueasaseeeeeeuaeaneneeeeees 180 CS NO 182 E EEN 183 CS OO ol 185 CS OO ai o A EA PE N E E 186 IEN KEEN 188 SPREAD bi 189 GWED AO 190 LAYAN a D O 192 AE 193
199. l rate Baud 75 SR tolerance Baud 1 Modulation order 4 Version B Number of channels 8 Channel position type Channel frequencies Channel distance Hz 450 VER file name Chn4plus4 ver Table 319 CHN 4plus4 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is midway between channels 4 and 5 Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding no Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 320 CHN 4plus4 Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 235 S go2MONITOR HC ARQ General Information Hagelin Crypto ARQ is a synchronous simplex ARQ system no longer used by UN and IRC Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties 08 48 02 000 08 48 02 500 08 48 03 000 08 48 03 500 08 48 04 000 d6F5 Demodulator Settings 236 e Premium Decoders Parameter Value Modulation FSK Tones 2 Shift Hz 200 Bandwidth Hz 300 Symbol rate Baud 240 Alphabet ITA 2 Table 321 HC ARQ Characteristics 0 0000000 Figure 182 HC ARQ Spectrogram Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Baud 240 SR tolerance Baud 0 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 200 Shift tolerance Hz 48 Modem type Synchronous VER file name hc arq ver a eer rT T 125 150 175 200 225 250 Hz User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W g
200. larity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 90 CIS 12 Features CIS 14 General Information CIS 14 is a synchronous duplex teleprinter system with ARQ This modem system is also known as AMOR and AMOR96 Usage Data communication over HF Point to point communication between stations in CIS Commonwealth of Independent States region Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of channels 2 Shift Hz 500 Bandwidth Hz 700 Symbol rate Baud 96 Coding Parity check Alphabet M2 cyrillic Table 91 CIS 14 Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 123 D go2 MONITOR 15 06 15 000 15 06 15 500 15 06 16 000 15 06 16 500 15 06 17 000 dBFS 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 100 CIS 14 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 96 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 500 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name cis 14 ver Table 92 CIS 14 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 93 CIS 14 Features 124 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 CIS 36 Gen
201. lays see also chapter Delays Mode Decoding si Mode selection B Restart Processing LL Pause Processing 52 e Channel Window User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Button Description Audio Squelch Digtal Demodulator Volume zanl Add to Station List see also chapter Add Stations ca 0 Matching Station CG Start Recorder Le Detach Attach Channel Table 10 Channel Window Toolbar Spectrogram Settings Parameters n Parameters Cursor Extras Maximum level 69 dB Minimum level 141 0 dB gt FFT length 512 Windowing Hanning Lines second Figure 53 Spectrogram Settings Channels Parameters In this window the parameters for the spectrogram can be set up and it provides additional functions Parameter Description Maximum level Defines the maximum level of the display Minimum level Defines the minimum level of the display FFT length Number of values of frequency in which the signal is displayed To get a higher resolution of the displayed frequency range the FFT length should be increased Windowing The FFT algorithm is used for the calculation of the spectrum This algorithm indicates inaccu racies in the amplitude attenuation as well as in the bandwidth expansion of a signal due to the finite signal probe These inaccuracies can be reduced using different windowing User Manual go2
202. lel processing of up to eight buffered Digital Down Conversion DDC production channels User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 General e 1 D K go2MONITOR Decoder Description Language DDL support Extend your decoder list without releasing any in formation Benefits Few lost or unidentified signals with a high number of produced signals Fast reaction to modified modems Keep the knowledge in your organization High order of automation go2SIGNALS go2 SIGNALS The use of radio communication is constantly rising The traditional approach of monitoring this more and more connected signal scenario with a manual approach of channel stepping and manual search is not promising for future challenges The product line go2SIGNALS covers customer requirements from traditional manual signal handling to fully automatic intelligence system This provides processing speed and user comfort of automatic intelligence systems to single user working positions It is the perfect solution for mobile stand alone and remote controlled applications as well as a start into the world of automatic monitoring The focus of go2SIGNALS is on radio monitoring Future products will also contain some parts of Communications Intelligence COMINT or Signal Intelligence SIGINT go2 MONITOR go2MONITOR is a modular software solution for receiver control classification demodulation decod ing and recording of HF VHF UHF signal go2DECODE go2DECODE
203. lle ete scenes anne aaan ia 128 CIS 8181 Spectrogram EE 130 Clover I Spectrogram 27 teens ears anea aa EES 131 Clover 2000 Spectrogram ca gege SEET ae aaia EERSTEN 133 C dan 3012 ALE Spectrogram sieisen inisinia aaa aiaa aaia nea aa anaana te 135 Codan 3012 Data SpectiograM ierisinde ainai aa aaia ianea aa aaa diaa 135 Codan Selcal Spectrogra in ss cccsessssciuintsscecestaceesvatevecdeusstadeeas EERSTEN EES dee 137 Coquelet 8 Spectrogram EE 138 Coquelet 13 Spectrogram EE 140 COquelet 80 Spectrograin ssciesessciuentsscscessacedsvatesdaceuanscnceat EES NEE EREECHEN Sen 141 NEIE tee TEE 142 DSC HE SPOCtrO gram ET 144 DUP ARQiSpeCtrOgra LEE 145 FECA Spectrogram E 147 FSK 400 500 Spectrogram ccccccccceceeeeeceneeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeesaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeaeeeeaes 148 Globe Wireless FSK Spectrogram ccccccccceeeceeceeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeseeneeseueeesiaeeeeaeeeenees 149 Globe Wireless PSK Gpechogram ttnn ttnn nten nnt 151 G TOR Gpechogram ennienni enean aaraa aao aian iea 152 HF DE Spectogr Mes erg ENER ENEE ces teneg anena aaa a aaa aaa aE eia 154 HNG FEC Spectrogram cccccccesceceeeeeceeeeeecaeeeeaeececeeecaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeseaeseeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeeeeees 155 MD674 Gpechrogram ntun tn nnn nnn ustun en nnen nenn 156 MEROD Spectrogram cccccccccceeceeceeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeecaaeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeseaaeseeeeescaeeeeaeeneneeees 158 MFSK8 Spectrogram sesingidan annan aoia aai a
204. llow for adding the meta content without moving the data part of the WAV file The format of the meta chunk contains three detail levels base extended custom In the base level all elements important for the processing of the UO data file are stored Element Description signaltime Time of the first sample in the file UTC rf_frequency Receiver frequency in Hz data_type real or complex signal sample_rate Sampling rate as floating point value if_ frequency IF Frequency of the signal in Hz always 0 for complex signals Table 18 Base Level of Meta Chunks In case of a complex UO signal the WAV file must contain 2 channels In the extended level additional signal are stored Element Description antenna Antenna description receiver Receiver description comment Free comment location Location information location longitude Longitude 180 180 location latitude Latitude 90 90 location if_offset Offset relative to if_frequency used for the location info location bandwith Bandwidth around if_offset frequency used for the location info direction One or multiple directions direction dfsite Direction finder name direction azimuth Direction azimuth 0 360 direction if_offset Offset relative to if_frequency used for the direction info direction bandwith Bandwidth around if_offset frequency used for the direction
205. lt Print see also chapter Print Wrap text see also chapter Wrap text Lo ll Text onl Text only see also chapter Text Only Table 15 Result Window Functions Save Decoder Result Results displayed in the decoder result window can be saved Use the button lt Save gt to open an explorer window to define name and place of the file 60 e Channel Window User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Save decoder result Speichen in Eigene Dateien ofr fr Cat i Pe 2 tone_PSk wav ne downloads Fe 2508d_ALE wav Zuletzt Dropbox e DEE RO jpg verwendete D E Eigene Bilder 2508d_ARQ2 jpg Eigene Musik Fe 2508d_ARQ wav B Labview Data Se 2508d_FHSS wav 1 2CH PSK aus UK bmp Fe 300Bd_SFSK wav amp 4FSK_2008d pk VE wav Ta 4Fsk_2008d wav Th 6499 wideband PSK PBC wav Jul 4F5k_200Bd_and_BPSK_10008d wav Fe 9990_000 wav 4x166 78d pk Fe 20100_000 wav Fil 4x166 78d wav Fe 29290 _000 wav Fil4x166 7Bd_STBY_and_TEST PATTERN wav Fe ALG BELL 103 758d wav R 6CH YFT 16175 Samara pk ALG BELL 103 758d tfc gif ec MET 16175 Samara way ALG BELL 103 jp9 lt Eigene Dateien Arbeitsplatz Dateiname Netawerkumgeb Dateityp Figure 63 Explorer Dialog to Save Decoder Results Print Decoder results currently displayed can be printed Use the button lt Print gt to open the print dialog for your workstation Define printer settings as usual amp
206. ltModulationTypes xml ippiv8 6 0 dll TestScripts DefaultReceiverSettings xml ippaw7 6 0 dll xskt DefFreq xrml S ipps 6 0 dll e apc_controller conmf KE drectorySettings conf 2 ippsp8 6 0 dll Japc_controller exe SJExtIO_G31D0C dl ippspx 6 0 dll ei as_controller copf 3 ExtIO_GrxLan dll Ka ippsr 6 0 dl Jas_controller exe 3 ExtIO_RTL dil KX ippsrp8 6 0 di Eigene Dateien il AudioDemodTypes xml KE Qo2MONITOR conF Ki ippsrpx 6 0 di Sj Bcuapp conf g02MONITOR exe S ippsrt7 6 0 dll Ibcuapp sexe E Qo2ZMONITOR_en qm S ippsrv8 6 0 di E Bcuapp_HF conf 9 ippcore 6 0 dll 9 iopsrw 6 0 dil ChannelBandwidths xml KAZEN S ippst7 6 0 dll lt gt CQ ze Netzwerkumgeb Dateityp r Arbeitsplatz Figure 19 Save Channel Configuration Loading a Configuration In the menu File Load channel configuration the settings of a previously stored channel configuration can be loaded into go2MONITOR The configuration file contains the information to setup the all the channels and their parameters like frequency bandwidth mode etc Attention The receiver has to operate within the correct frequency range which is defined in the receiv er conf file Otherwise the status bar will display a message frequency out of range As soon the receiver is tuned to the correct frequency the wideband spectrum and spectrogram will start Select the directory and the file where you saved the configurati
207. ly If the button lt Text only gt is activated all lt new line gt characters in the decoded result are interpreted as a real new line and will be replaced in the output window by a HTML line break For text output this selec tion may help reading clear text In case of binary results the new line character may have another mean ing and the replacement will cause errors in an additional processing step Classification Mode General The classification tool takes a probe of the signal and determines the possible type of modulation By using the classification unit it is possible to detect measure and determine the modulation type for a signal in the currently available frequency range The resulting information can be displayed in the GUI and used as an input to the further automatic or interactive processing Channels Charnel 1 SOS WF uo B comer mue SE ler v GI Mode Classification Classification result History Modulation FSK2 86 Symbol rate 99 92 Bd Shift 432 Hz Frequency 4583 05 kHz Bandwidth 830 Hz ap 33 dB Signal time 28 02 13 09 34 59 4580 5 4581 0 4581 5 4582 0 4582 5 4583 0 4583 5 4584 0 4584 5 4585 0 EE ARQ M2 242 968d 430H2 wl 7 gt m i Status Classification lation FSK2 Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Figure 66 Classification Window with Result Classification Results The software measures several parameter of the signal probe From these parameters the modulation
208. me Screen of the Installation Assistant Read the text in the dialog and press lt Next gt User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Setup e 5 go2MONITOR Hy go2MONITOR Er End User License Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully End User License Agreement PLATH AG Stauffacherstrasse 65 3014 Bern Switzerland THIS SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA ISA LEGAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN PLATH AG AND THE END USER OF THE INCLUDED SOFTWARE AND SOURCE FILES TOGETHER THE SOFTWARE YOU MUST READ THIS EULA CAREFULLY AND ACCEPT I accept the terms in the License Agreement I do not accept the terms in the License Agreement Figure 2 License Agreement Please read the license agreement and select I accept the terms in the License Agreement and click on lt Next gt Choose installation folder To install in the chosen folder please dick Next To choose another installation folder please dick Browse Location C Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR 1 2 0 Figure 3 File Location Check whether the installation location is correct If necessary browse for a different location and click on lt Next gt 6 e Setup User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR go2MONITOR Setup Install go2MONITOR E The Setup Assistant is ready to begin the Standard installation 2 Click Install to begin the installation If you want to review or change any of your installation
209. measurement Energy distribution measurement Signal start and end time detection SNR measurement On Air time and burst behavior measurement Detection of broadband interferences and elimination of errors in the result Time behavior for separation and combination of adjacent signals Rule based merging of measured energy into emissions Definition of blocked frequencies or ranges Automatic adaptation of detection parameters to the different frequency ranges HF VUHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 39 go2MONITOR Energy detection b Yy Collect energy detection data for 3s y Merge energy detection results to Emissions Y Emission measuring y Modulation type detection y Spectrogram Pattern matching Y Send Emission information to the Control Unit Figure 39 Steps within Classification Classification of Modulation Marked in blue in Figure 38 on page 39 The determination of the type of modulation is done on each signal within a narrow band The decision on which emissions are available and whether or not they are known is made here If a measurement seems to be of interest the classification of modulation will be started Buffering The input signal is stored in a buffer so that no part of the signal is lost during segmentation or classifica tion DDC All signals within the broadband signal are converted to narrow band signals by the so
210. mented WINDADIO Heceiver ntun ntent nennt 14 Figure 17 Example Receiver Configuration ccccccccseseceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeaeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeaeeseneeeseaeeesnaeeseaeeseaes 15 Figure 18 Main Screen with Spectrogram and Spectrum cccccccccceeseeceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeeseaeeseneeeeaes 22 Figure 19 Save Channel Confguraton ttnn annn nnen annn nennen 23 Figure 20 Load Channel Configuration cccccceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeaeeseneeeseaeessnaeeseaeeesaes 24 Foure 21 Modem List TT 24 Figure 22 Create New Modem List cceccceceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeneeceaeeeceaeeeeaaeceeeeeceaeeesaaeeseaaeseneeeseaeeeseaeeseaeeesaes 25 Figure 23 Settings Window ccccccceceeseeeceeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeaeecaeeesaaeeeeaaesdeeeeseaeeesaaeeseaaeseeeeesceeseiaeeseaeeteaes 26 Figure 24 Main DUT 27 Figure 25 Input Selection Box 27 Fig re 26 Input TEE e EE 28 Figure 27 File input FUNCHIONS neinna otha ded KENE ted edd tendo ESE REENEN duER 28 Figure 28 Add Signal Files Men 28 Figure 29 Receiver Control 29 Figure 30 Stream le 30 Figure 31 Spectrum and Spectrogram ccsccceececeeeeeeneeceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaaeeseaaeseneeeseeeesiaeeseeeseaes 31 Figure 32 Explorer window for the recorded file ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneaeees 32 Figure 33 Spectrogram Settings Context Men 32 Figure 34 Spectrogram Settings P
211. modem list a modem can be selected The de coded text will be displayed on the right side in the output window Channels Channel 1 0S BW FS wl Plt A comer ases owe BD ste e DI mode Decoding Je n E Boo OR Gol et All modems sl MES Res IMPER a llalouwi se Modem a Status Detection Quality Mod Ee started 26 02 13 Search text ACARS VHF 0 L des _ a o z Alcatel 801H 0 topped 28 02 13 Save ALE 2G 0 os IRC ALIS DS Wrap text search 8 02 13 ALIS 2 0 09 Eea Text or kg arch stoppe 28 02 13 ARQ E Cyc4 85 78d 170H2 0 ARQ E Cyc8 1858d 370Hz 0 ARQ E3 508d 400Hz 0 ARQ M2 242 96Bd 430Hz 0 gt udio file i28 N2 13 99 13 28 11 asi M Status Monitoring Modulation Unknown Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Figure 70 Channel Mode Decoding Modem Selection From a drop down list different modem lists e g for HF or VHF UHF can be selected See Modem List Editor on page 24 if you have to modify or add a new modem list A modem is selected by a click on the modem row The selected modem will turn to a green background color Channels Channel 1 S Sw F Wh Plt A Gerten 4555 01 l di ste vl Qs Mode Decoding Je u Goo OR Gol Eet Chi filtered by classification sl ajaken w e SSES RTA ew fr ency 4589 00 kHz Modem A Status Detection Qualty De LINK11 SLEW 0 STANAG 4285 0 New f y 4592 00 kHz H DUP ARQ 125Bd 170Hz 29 y 4558 00
212. n C Classify a new frequency range automatically Jl Clear emissions before each new classification C Display only emissions from the visible frequency range Classify automatically in time intervals No v Line width Double Modulation types Show Modulation Color A EI Carrier Ea kl re Kee M Week M Morse kl PSK Ea EI Speech Ga Il Unknown _ ie wl Figure 42 Classifier Options Show all will enable all types of modulation Hide all will disable all types of modulation Load defaults will overwrite all color changes with the originally delivered color set 42 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2IMONITOR Stations General go2MONITOR has an integrated stations database This database can store information about monitored signals An optional and actual Klingenfuss Utility and Broadcast database is available from PLATH AG for import The station database can be sorted by a click on the header of each column The columns of the data base and their contents are explained in the following table Column Description Frequency The frequency of the dataset Station The name of the station or the usage for a frequency Modulation The used primary modulation like CW USB LSB AM FM or Digital and others Protocol The used protocol or name of the waveform Bandwidth The bandwidth of the signal Symbol rate The symbol rate of the protocol Callsign The call
213. n only HC ARQ Link11 SLEW MIL STD 188 110B 39Tones MIL M 55529A STANAG 4295 STANAG 4481 FSK PSK STANAG 4529 STANAG 4539_ incl HDR STANAG 5065 2 1 0 2013 07 31 MBu Added LINK11 CLEW MIL STD 188 110 16T 39T STANAG 4197 Installation go2MONITOR CMAS This description refers to go2MONITOR version 1 2 0 If required adapt it to your actual version Automatic Double Click on Setup of Premium Decoders 2 1 go2MONITOR 1 2 0 and follow the installa tion procedure When asked for the installation folder please change it to g2MONITOR mmm or your actual location of g2MONITOR or CMAS Check whether the bin files have been copied to c Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR m m m decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 229 go2IMONITOR Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR1 2 0 decoders Ba E ee EE vith Bum New folder Name Date modified VoEW bin 04 02 vdi2 bin 04 C vdB bin 0 visel bin voice_selcal_icao bin zvei bin L ale2g_form_cbin CHN PIus4 bin he arg bin linkt1 bin STANAG_5065_FSK bin mil555529a bin MIL_STD_188_110B 16Ton bin 19 MIL_STD_188_110B_39Tone bin MIL_STD_188_110B_kbs bin STANAG4197 bin STANAG4285_kbs bin STANAG4415 bin 19 STANAGS481_FSK bin 19 STANAG4481_PSK bin 19 STANAG4529_kbs bin 9 STANAG4539 HDR bin STA
214. ncy Control and Bandwidth ccccccseeeeeseeeeeeeeseneeeseaeeseeeesaees 59 Result WINDOW eseu Das de anaa aaeeea aa aeaa a aaia 59 Result Window Toolbar 60 Save Decoder Besuht ce cccccc cece ee ceceeeceseaeeeeeueceeeesseaueeeeseeeeeeeaneneees 60 aA a EE 61 E E E E E T eege Seege dee 61 TEXT ONY TEE 62 Classification Mode u ccceeececcccccceeeeeeecececeeeceaueeseceseeueeaueaseseeeseeueeaueeeeeeeeueeananeees 62 General 62 Classification Results 0 c cece cece cc cece ee eeeecececeseseea secu ceesesseaueeeeeeeeeeeeananeees 62 Dynamic Modem List ecccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeene 63 Decoding MOU acs csez ses eeceset ated ens acceeeeetazecensdecucuebadtanenhacde snedesatcnt sdcttstevestsneedecct 64 eTa ee 64 Modem Selection ccccccccccccceescececcecseceueeesecesceseuaeaeeeseeseeeueeaueneseeeeeeeaeas 64 Re eieiei CN 65 Result WING e EEN 65 Recognition Decoding Mode AAA 65 MGIC AM Eege 65 Modem Gearch tnin nrnseaun tn rnnnanne rnrn nn nenn nenn na 66 Classification Recognition Decoding Mode 66 Options 67 Option 1 Narrowband Receiver Control 4 Chanels 67 Option 2 Wideband Classification 20 MHZ ccccccscceceesseceeeesteeeeessneeeeessteeeeess 67 Option 3 Automatic Monitoring and Tasking n 67 Option 4 Multichannel Production 32 Channele een 67 Option 5 Wideband Recording 20 MHZ cccccccesseeeceesneeeeeesneeeeessteeeeessneeeenss 67 Technica
215. neral Information SI ARQ is an ARQ mode similar to SITOR for the exchange of teletype data over a radio channel in a ro bust way Usage Basic maritime data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 170 Bandwidth Hz 400 500 Symbol rate Bd 96 192 Error correction ARQ Alphabet ITA 2 Table 216 SI ARQ Characteristics 15 07 24 000 15 07 24 500 15 07 25 000 15 07 25 500 15 07 26 000 15 NF76 SAN dBFS 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 a 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 He Figure 142 SI ARQ Spectrogram Demodulator Settings 182 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 96 SR tolerance Bd 1 Shift Hz 170 Shift tolerance Hz 5 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 217 Max burst length s 0 600 Min pause length s 0 061 VER file name si arq ver Table 217 SI ARQ Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 218 SI ARQ Features SI FEC General Information SI FEC is an FEC mode similar to SITOR for the exchange o
216. ngth s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 Min burst SNR dB 3 VER file name ccir ver Table 250 CCIR Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 251 CCIR Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 199 go2MONITOR CCITT General Information This SelCal standards is based on an CCITT Recommendation now ITU for tone based selective calling Usage Narrowband FM SelCal system in the VHF UHF frequency range Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation Multitone Number of tones 15 Coding Character coding Table 252 CCITT Characteristics 15 07 21 000 15 07 21 500 15 07 22 000 15 07 22 500 15 07 23 000 4 p d6F5 D 50 100 m 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 154 CCITT Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Analogue Selcall Tone duration ms 100 TD tolerance ms 5 No of tones 11 SELCAL type Euro Min burst length s 0 400 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 Min burst SNR dB 3 VER file name ccitt ver Table 253 CCITT Demodulator Settings 200 e Standard Decoders VH
217. nnnnnnnnrnnnnt 52 Figure 52 Channel Displayed in Vertical View Style cc ccceecceseeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeesaeeeeaeeseneeeseaeeeseaeeeeneeeeaes 52 Figure 53 Spectrogram Settings Channels Parameters cccccccesseeceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseneeeseaeeeseaeeseeeeeaes 53 Figure 542 WINGOWING EE 54 Figure 55 Spectrogram Settings Channels Cursors c cccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseneeeeaes 55 Fig re 56 Channel US Geseent stgege eege ee ENER EES ES ed 56 Figure 57 Channel Cursor Classification with Result ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseneeeseaeeesaeeeeneeeeaes 57 Figure 58 Colors Classification ReSuIts ccccccceceeceeseceeneeceeeeeeeaeeeeaaeeneeeceaeeeeaaeseeaeeeneeeseaeeeeaeeeeneessaes 57 Figure 59 Channel View With Demodulator Bandwidth c cccccceseeeceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseneeeseaeeeseaeeseneeseaes 57 Figure 60 Spectrogram Settings Channels Extraes 58 Figure 61 Adjusting Frequencies and Display Bandwidth AA 59 Figure 62 Result Window ccceesecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeaeseeaaesessaaeeeseaaeseseeaaeeeseeeeeeeseesneaeess 60 Figure 63 Explorer Dialog to Save Decoder Results c ccceeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeecaaeeeeaeeseneeeseaeeesaeeseneeeeaes 61 Figure 64 Pint Dialog pierieras enine ge eke EES E OEE S EES DEEEC eee 61 Figure 65 Decoder Results With Line Break on the right 0 cc ceeeeceeeeeeeeeee
218. not required 1 48000 00000 Sample rate Hz of the wav file can be modified to correct errors 3631 38282000 0 Preprocessing parameters not required The txt file can be automatically generated with the application wavetxt exe The tool is normally started from the command line or from a batch file Syntax wavetxt cx re f lt frequency gt lt input wave filename gt Meaning Cx complex re real f x absolute receiver center frequency required if the application should display the true signal fre quency Example wavetxt cx f 10250 test wav will produce the structure above Attention Depending on the package the Visual Studio Redistributable Package vcredist_x86 exe or and Qt DLLs must be available in the same directory 74 e Technical Reference User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR The sample rate needs not to be specified as the value from the wav file will be used Later you can modify the value to correct errors bin ver txt and cmf Modem Description Files ver files A specific modem is characterized by the parameters which are stored in a XML file with the extension ver The ver file holds a large number of parameters Only a subset of them is required for a given modem the spare ones are ignored ver files are located in the modem directory located in the user highest priority or the program directory ver files can either be generated modified with a text or XML editor or w
219. o the signal levels Display Inverse This item activates the invers color display Standard This item activates the standard color display Monochrome This item activates the monochrome color display Relative The relative factor is used for the zoom process to determine the zoom factor factor Pause In Pause the display is stopped not the signal processing A change of parame ters is possible for a more detailed analysis of the current signal Auto range Automatic setting of the displayed range to view the total amplitude 58 e Channel Window Table 13 Spectrogram Settings Channel Extras User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Frequency Control and Bandwidth Channels Channel 2 SCD E wh ls B comer to712 08H2 d t EI Mode Classification Jen Be eo OR GUM Oe Classification result History Modulation FSK2 88 Symbol rate 49 97 Bd Shift 214 Hz Frequency 10712 17 kHz Bandwidth SNR Signal time 25 02 13 13 58 58 10708 0 10710 0 i 10714 0 Ke 10716 0 RS Irn d 0 IS i kHz L EI Status Classification 3 Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Figure 61 Adjusting Frequencies and Display Bandwidth If necessary the center frequency can be adjusted with the mouse by moving the center line of the signal or by entering a new frequency into the Center field It is also possible to place the mouse cursor on the right side of a digit in the center field
220. o2MONITOR Table 322 HC ARQ Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 323 HC ARQ Features LINK 11 CLEW General Information STANAG5511 CLEW mode is a NATO Standard for tactical data exchange The Conventional Link Elev en Waveform CLEW is one of the modes defined within the Link 11 NATO Standard Usage Transfer of tactical data over HF and VHF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation DQPSK Tones 16 Bandwidth Hz 2500 Data rate bit s 1364 2250 Table 324 LINK 11 CLEW Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 237 D go2 MONITOR 09 16 49 500 09 16 50 000 09 16 50 500 09 16 51 000 09 16 51 500 d6F5 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 183 LINK 11 CLEW Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Link 11 VER file name link 11_clew ver Table 325 LINK 11 CLEW Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 326
221. o2MONITOR related subfolder of the user directory C Users lt your user name gt go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR v n default maw Signal Sources This chapter describes the necessary configurations to use external receivers or streams as an input for go2MONITOR Alternatively recordings can be played back for off line signal processing We recommend to use recorded files provided by go2SIGNALS to get familiar with the software 12 e Setup User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Receiver Setup Receivers are controlled by the Receiver Control Module RCM The configuration takes place in the receiver conf file For the list of receivers supported by go2MONITOR see Supported Receivers The default receiver conf file is located as a read only file in the go2MONITOR installation directory e g C Program Files x86 go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR It is not used by the software and should never be edited It is copied to the user directory during the first program start or if the file is is missing It can be used to restore the original state in the user directory if needed Configuration The receiver conf file used by the application is located in the user directory of the current gj2MONITOR installation i e c Documents and Settings lt your user name gt go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR SES c Users lt your user name gt go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR The configuration is stored in a XML file It can be edited with a text editor but be carefull as
222. olerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 420 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Synchronous VER file name hng_fec ver Table 157 HNG FEC Demodulator Settings Standard Decoders HF e 155 gt e go2MONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 158 HNG FEC Features MD674 General Information MD674 is a military asynchronous FSK modem Usage Data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Symbol rate Bd 50 150 Error correction ARQ Alphabet ITA 2 ITA 5 Table 159 MD674 Characteristics 15 05 57 000 15 05 57 500 15 05 58 000 15 05 58 500 15 05 59 000 dBFS 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 123 MD674 Spectrogram 156 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 s go2MONITOR Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 100 SR tolerance Bd 5 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 85 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name md647 ver Table 160 MD674 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Statu
223. ommunication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 170 Bandwidth Hz 350 Symbol rate Bd 100 Error correction ARQ Alphabet ITA 2 Table 222 SITOR A Characteristics 15 08 19 000 15 08 19 500 15 08 20 000 15 08 20 500 15 08 21 000 H LI m d6F5 0 50 100 500 Aen 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Hz Figure 144 SITOR A Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 100 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 170 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 185 s go2MONITOR Parameter Default Min burst length s 0 065 Max burst length s 0 290 Min pause length s 0 200 VER file name sitor a_170hz ver Table 223 SITOR A Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 224 SITOR A Features SITOR B General Information Slmplex Teletype Over Radio SITOR is a mode for maritime communications to exchange teletype data over a radio channel in a robust way SITOR B is the FEC variant Usage Basic maritime data communication o
224. on 10710 0 10711 0 10713 0 10714 0 kHz E Status Classification Modem Unknown Channel 2 Modulation FSK2 Modulation Symbol rate Shift Frequency Bandwidth No matching modems found SR Plt D cemter gene BD hoke sel Qs mode Classification 10680 0 10682 0 10686 0 10688 0 10690 0 kHz L Status Classification Modem Unknown Channel 3 Modulation FSK2 06 Belt B center nt E I fio kHz zi bi Mode Classification 10744 0 10746 0 10750 0 10752 0 10754 0 kHz E Status Classification Modulation FSK2 Modem Unknown Channel 4 S amp Belt B center zen E D 10k v EI 7 Mode Classification 10730 0 10732 0 10734 0 10736 0 10738 0 E Status Classification Modulation FSK2 Viens J es OF Gene Classification result History FSK2 87 49 98 Bd 199 Hz 10712 15 kHz 830 Hz 0 gt Result lt Empty gt S UNI Gow Co CR rom ewes Classification result History Modulation Symbol rate Shift Frequency Bandwidth FSK2 55 99 86 Bd 180 Hz 10684 39 kHz 1855 Hz v ASCII 7Bit 100Bd 173H2 m Modulation Symbol rate Shift Frequency Bandwidth Result lt Empty gt m Eee er OC a One Classification result History FSK2 66 100 03 Bd 400 Hz 10748 66 kHz 2393 Hz zl aRQ M2 242 968d 4302 a gt em Result lt Empty gt JS a aen er OC an ene Classification result History Modulation
225. on Description Play file A mouse click on the button Play File opens the Add signals dialog The file will be played in a loop until the Stop button has been used HH Pause This button will pause the playback of the file kl This button will stop the playback of the file and delete H from the memory K This button will start the playback at the beginning of the file Use bandwidth 100 w With this dropdown box you can select which bandwidth of the recorded spectrum is used for the replay function l e a value of 50 will reduce a bandwidth of 200 kHz to 100 kHz display bandwidth With the slider between the spectrogram and spec trum you can move within the total frequency range of the replayed file g When playing back a file the time of the computer will be display on the left hand side of the spectrogram A click on this button will take the time from the replayed file on the left side of the spectrogram SS This button will mirror the signal display If there has been a carrier on the left side of the center frequency it will be moved to the right side of the center frequency This function will help to display the correct spectrum and spectrogram when files have been recorded with a converter Table 2 Functions File Replay Direct Jump to Position When the wav file is played you can click to any position of the progress bar The replay will start directly at the selected position of the bar Rece
226. on and click lt Open gt User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 23 go2 MONITOR Load channel configuration g02MONITOR 1 20 sl Of Ce D decoders IS decoder conf 3 ippip8 6 0 dll Pe Cimageformats E decoder exe S ippipx 6 0 dll Zuletzt modems B det alt mag S ippt7 6 0 dil verwendete D sqidrivers 2 DefaultModulationTypes xml S ippiv8 6 0 dll O TestScripts lt DefaultReceiverSettings xml S ippiw 6 0 dl B xst DefFreq xml Sipps 6 0 dll Desktop ei apc_controller conf E directorySettings conf E ippsp8 6 0 dll JApc_controller exe S ExtIO_G31D0 dl 3 ippspx 6 0 dll E as_controller conf SJ ExtIO_GrxLan dll Sippsr 6 0 dl P Jas_controller exe Ki ExtIO_RTL dil Sippsrps 6 0 dl AudioDemodTypes xml IS go2MONITOR conF Siopsrpx 6 0 dl Si Bcuapp conf E g02MONITOR exe 2 ippsrt7 6 0 dll bcuapp exe E QO2MONITOR en om Ki ippsrv8 6 0 di E Bcuapp_HF conf Ki ippcore 6 0 dll E ippsrw7 6 0 dil ChannelBandwidths xml Ki ippi 6 0 dl Ki ippst 6 0 dll lt Eigene Dateien Arbeitsplatz Dateiname Netzwerkumgeb Dateityp Figure 20 Load Channel Configuration Modem List Editor In the menu File Modem list editor can be selected for creating and setting up specific modem lists The modem list contains a selection of all modems which are available for the application With the modem list editor lists can be created deleted or copied a Modem list editor
227. osition type Equidistant frequencies Tone distance Hz 240 816 Min burst length s 0 040 Max burst length s 0 350 Min pause length s 0 070 VER file name alis2 ver Table 35 ALIS 2 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding no Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 36 ALIS 2 Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 95 W go2MONITOR ARQ 6 90 General Information ARQ 6 90 is an ARQ mode similar to SITOR for the exchange of teletype data over a radio channel in a robust way Usage Basic data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 400 Bandwidth Hz 600 Symbol rate Bd 200 Error correction ARQ Alphabet CCIR 476 Table 37 ARQ 6 90 Characteristics 15 04 31 500 15 04 32 000 15 04 32 500 15 04 33 000 15 04 33 500 D a 0 0000000 dBFS W 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 81 ARQ 6 90 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 200 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 400 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 065 96 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MO
228. ovides the functions to record the spectrum for later analyzing and processing by more specialized tools and experts Telecommunications authorities Identification and monitoring of new or existing signals is a main task of telecommunication authorities Due to modern telecommunication systems this is no longer an easy work in standard manual opera tion The automatic approach of go2MONITOR saves a lot of time and costs COMINT signal corps go2MONITOR is a standalone application and is perfectly suited for rapid reaction task forces and ad vanced commands All that is required for monitoring are g2MONITOR a laptop a SDR and an an tenna System integrators A TCP IP remote control interface is available for external applications and provides all the function re quired to integrate go2MONITOR into your application Applications will be earlier on the market and do not bear the risk and costs of the development of an own software go2MONITOR displays an overview of the signal scenario utilizing a spectrogram and a spectrum FFT Various display settings cursors and a dynamic zoom are available Features MHz wideband input spectrogram Fast Fourier Transform FFT classifier Automated classification and production using an extensive decoder library State of the art GUI includes window pre sets drag amp drop and integrated station list Integrated receiver control with direct Software Defined Radio SDR interface Paral
229. own 6413 3 kHz 8057 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 32 dB 15 14 59 0 Unknown 6418 2 kHz 244 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 11 dB 15 14 58 0 Unknown 6421 9 kHz 183 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 17 dB 15 14 59 0 Unknown 6431 0 kHz 2808 Hz 0 0 Hz 0 0 Bd 11 dB 15 14 59 0 s Classify Clear all emissions amp Filter amp Display options Figure 40 Classifier Result The classifier is started with a click on the button lt Classify gt During classification the classifier is drawing a rectangle onto the signal in the spectrogram The length of the rectangle is an indicator for the time which has been used for classification The width is equal to the bandwidth which has been classified The color of the rectangle is an identification which signal has been recognized The type of classified modulation is written to each rectangle The color is defined in the display and filter options of the classifier They can be set to any color available on the computer The spectrogram with these rectangles is shown in the next figure 15 15 58 000 15 16 00 000 trier 15 16 02 000 Figure 41 Classifier Result Display in Spectrogram With the button Clear all emissions the results in the classifier list and in the spectrogram are deleted Tuning the Receiver from the Classifier Result The results in the list can be used to tune a channel to the frequency of a classification result With a left click and hold the record can be dragged and be released to a channel window
230. r Description X Cursor The cursors are activated deactivated in X direction They are used to measure fre quencies in Hz Cursor Frequency for cursor 1 Cursor2 Frequency for cursor 2 1 2 Frequency distance between cursori and cursor Inv diff Inverted difference is a function for direct time readout according to the formula 1 value in box 1 2 Total diff Frequency distance between the first and last cursor in 2 cursor mode harmonic or mirror mode Z Cursor The cursors are activated deactivated in Z direction They are used to measure val ues of time Cursor1 Time of cursor 1 Cursor2 Time of cursor 1 1 2 Time difference between cursor 1 and 2 Inv diff Inverted difference is a function for direct frequency readout according to the formu la 1 value in box 1 2 Total diff Time distance between the first and last cursor in 2 cursor mode harmonic or mirror mode Cursor Mode 2 Cursor For measuring tasks two cursors are displayed at the same time mode Harmonic With this button a specific number of cursors defined by the spin box Number at User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Channel Window e 55 go2MONITOR Cursor Description equidistant intervals in the area delimited by cursor1 and cursor2 are displayed This mode makes it i e easy to measure the frequency distance for multi frequency sig nals like MFSK Mirrored With this button a specific number of cursors defined by the spin box Number at equidistant intervals
231. r Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Setup e 9 go2MONITOR i Wibukey Setup If you press Next the following tasks will be performed Operating system Windows 7 a Source path C Users haenggi AppD ata Local T emp w2ZSE1 Selected languages English The following components will be installed WibuKey driver files WibuKey COM control WIBU SYSTEMS Win64 x64 variant Shell Extension WibuKey network server WibuKey tools Cancel Figure 11 Confirmation Installation Tasks Finished After all tasks have been finished click on lt Next gt WibuKey Software Setup is complete Setup can launch the Readme help file with the latest product informations JW Yes want to view the Readme text now Click Finish to complete Setup Figure 12 WibuKey Installation Finished The WibuKey installation is now complete In this last dialog select if you want to read the help file Click on lt Finish gt 10 e Setup User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR EI WibuKey Setup WibuKey Software Setup is complete Setup can launch the Readme help file with the latest product informations Figure 13 Help File of the WibuKey and Confirmation of Successful Installation Click on lt OK gt to continue with the installation of the application The program files you selected are now being installed d Please wait while the Setup Assistant installs go2MONITOR This may take several minutes
232. rameter Default 1000 1250 Table 342 STANAG 4285 Characteristics Figure 189 STANAG 4285 Spectrogram 750 500 a 0 0000000 0 250 500 750 1000 Demodulator KB PSK Symbol rate Baud 2400 SR tolerance 12 246 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 1250 1500 1750 2000 He W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Modulation order 8 Version A Min burst length s 0 100 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 VER file name stanag4285_kb ver Table 343 STANAG 4285 Demodulator Settings Tuning The center frequency is 1800 Hz Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 344 STANAG 4285 Features STANAG 4415 General Information STANAG is a NATO standard for robust non hopping digital data communication It is equivalent to the 75 bps variant of MIL STD 188 110 A B single mode Usage Transfer of digital information over HF Mode Properties Modulation 8PSK Bandwidth Hz 3000 Symbol rate Baud 2400 Data rate bit s 75 Error correction FEC rate 1 2 Interleaver s 0 0 6 4 8 Table 345 STANAG 4415 Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 247 D go2 MONITOR 13 49 15 000
233. rate Bd 96 Error correction ARQ Repetition cycles char 4 5 8 Alphabet ITA 2P Table 61 ARQ N Characteristics 108 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR 15 06 12 500 15 06 13 000 15 06 13 500 15 06 14 000 15 06 14 500 dBFS o 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 He Figure 90 ARQ N Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 96 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 850 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Synchronous VER file name arq_n ver Table 62 ARQ N Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 63 ARQ N Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 109 go2 MONITOR ASCII 7 Bit General Information The American Standard Code for Information Interchange ASCII is a set of binary values to represent printable characters in electronic communication In the first version of the standard the character length was 7 bit Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Processing transfer and storage of textual information Mode Properties 15 05 16 500 15 05 17 000 15 05 17 500 15 05 18 000 15 05 18 500 d
234. re 95 Baudot sync Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 200 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 850 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name baudot_sync_200bd_850hz ver 116 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Table 77 Baudot sync Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 78 Baudot sync Features BULG ASCII General Information BULG ASCII is a modem used by the Bulgarian Ministry of Foreign Affairs Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 500 Bandwidth Hz 600 Symbol rate Bd 120 Table 79 BULG ASCII Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 117 go2 MONITOR 15 04 53 500 15 04 54 000 15 04 54 500 15 04 55 000 15 04 55 500 dBFS 0 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 96 BULG ASCII Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 75 SR tolerance Bd 10 Shift Hz 510 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file n
235. res 250 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR STANAG 4529 General Information STANAG 4529 is a NATO standard for secure maritime digital data communication with data rates rang ing from 75 to 1800 bit s Usage Transfer of maritime related digital information over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Symbol rate Baud 1200 Bandwidth Hz 1300 Data rate bit s 75 150 300 600 1200 600 1200 1800 Modulation BPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK QPSK 8PSK BPSK 8PSK Error correction CR 1 8 CR1 4 CR1 2 CR1 2 CR2 3 none none none Interleaving Short Short Short Short Short none none none Long Long Long Long Long Table 351 STANAG 4529 Characteristics Short interleaver 1 706 s Long interleaver 20 480 s 13 48 42 000 13 48 42 500 13 48 43 000 13 48 43 500 13 48 44 000 00 0000000 j D D re T re 7 7 Peery D T 1000 800 600 400 200 D 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 193 STANAG 4529 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator KB PSK Symbol rate Baud 1200 SR tolerance Baud 6 Modulation order 8 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 251 go2MONITOR Parameter Default Version A Min burst length s 0 100 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 VER file name stanag4529_kb ver Table 352 STANAG 4529 Demodulator Settings Tuning The
236. responsible for all loss damage costs and expenses suffered and or incurred by LICENSEE arising from and or in connection with the download installation and or use of the SOFTWARE PLATH AG including all of its suppliers dealers distributors agents and employees excludes and disclaims all liability for any loss damage costs and expenses of whatsoever nature arising from and or in connec tion with this EULA the SOFTWARE its download installation use or otherwise and expressly excludes all liability for indirect special incidental and consequential loss or damage howsoever caused PLATH AG together with PROCITEC GmbH are and shall at all times remain the sole owner of all intellectual property and other rights whether proprietary or otherwise subsisting in or used in connection with the SOFTWARE The trademarks and logos including PLATH AG and go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR go2DECODE go2ANALYSE go2RECORD featured in the SOFTWARE are trademarks or registered trademarks of PLATH AG in Switzerland and other countries Third party trademarks trade names images product names and logos featured in the SOFTWARE may be the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners LICENSEE acknowledges that he may not export the software to countries where this is forbidden by applicable international and national export legislation and pertinent regulations Furthermore the software may not be exported to a country or handed ov
237. roller level only not on the RU Radio Unit level NATEL General Information The NATEL SelCal standard was defined by the Scandinavian National Telephone Usage Narrowband FM SelCal system in the VHF UHF frequency range Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation Multitone Number of tones 16 Coding Character coding Table 288 NATEL Characteristics 216 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR 15 07 43 500 15 07 44 000 15 07 44 500 15 07 45 000 15 07 45 500 d6F5 0 50 100 2000 Aen 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 i 2000 Hz Figure 166 NATEL Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Analogue Selcall Tone duration ms 70 TD tolerance ms 15 No of tones 16 SELCAL type NATEL Min burst length s 0 280 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 070 Min burst SNR dB 3 VER file name natel ver Table 289 NATEL Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 290 NATEL Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 217 go2MONITOR NMT450 General Information The Nordic Mobile Telephone standard NMT 450 is an an
238. ronous Min burst length s 0 210 Max burst length s 0 260 Standard Decoders HF e 93 go2MONITOR Parameter Default Min pause length s 0 010 VER file name alis ver Table 32 ALIS Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 33 ALIS Features ALIS 2 General Information ALIS 2 is simplex ARQ teleprinter system developed by Rhode amp Schwarz ALIS 2 is a further development of ALIS Usage Transfer of textual information and binary data over HF with automatic Link setup Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 8 Tone spacing Hz 240 Symbol rate Bd 240 82 Error correction CRC 16 Alphabet ITA 5 Table 34 ALIS 2 Characteristics 94 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR 15 04 18 500 15 04 19 000 15 04 19 500 15 04 20 000 15 04 20 500 DH m r 0 0000000 dBFS W 50 100 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 D 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 He Figure 80 ALIS 2 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator Multitone FSKn Tone duration ms 4 153 TD tolerance ms 0 100 No of tones 8 Tone p
239. s In this window the parameters for the spectrogram can be set up Parameter Description Maximum level Defines the maximum level of the display Minimum level Defines the minimum level of the display FFT length Number of values of frequency in which the signal is displayed To get a higher resolution of the displayed frequency range the FFT length should be increased Exp average The spectrum is displayed in average of several spectrums The result of a change of the spectrum will be a total view of the spectrum 0 No average lt 80 Low average 80 99 High average 100 No updating of the spectrum Windowing The FFT algorithm is used for the calculation of the spectrum This algorithm indicates inac curacies in the amplitude attenuation as well as in the bandwidth expansion of a signal due to the finite signal probe These inaccuracies can be reduced using different windows Lines second Number of spectrums that can be calculated and displayed within one second This parame ter sets the time resolution for the spectrogram which is directly related to the scroll speed of the display Pause In Pause the display is stopped not the signal processing A change of parameters is pos sible for a more detailed analysis of the current signal Auto range Automatic setting of the displayed range to view the total amplitude Aggregation If activated the highest and av
240. s Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 161 MD674 Features MEROD General Information MEROD is a Message Entry and Read Out Device for exchange of encrypted tactical messages over a radio channel in burst mode Usage Exchange of tactical information over HF with emissions of minimum length Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 810 Bandwidth Hz 1200 Symbol rate Bd 266 Error correction BCH 127 78 Alphabet MEROD specific 6 bit Table 162 MEROD Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 157 D go2 MONITOR 15 05 48 500 15 05 49 000 15 05 49 500 15 05 50 000 15 05 50 500 dBFS 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 124 MEROD Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 150 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 810 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Synchronous VER file name merod ver Table 163 MEROD Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 164 MEROD Features MFSK8 General Information MFS
241. s Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 850 Bandwidth Hz 1200 Symbol rate Baud 144 Error correction Convolutional coding Alphabet ITA 2 Table 138 FEC A Characteristics 146 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR 15 06 20 500 15 06 21 000 15 06 21 500 15 06 22 000 15 06 22 500 dBFS 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Figure 116 FEC A Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 145 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 850 Shift tolerance Hz 50 Modem type Synchronous VER file name fec a_145bd_850hz ver Table 139 FEC A Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 140 FEC A Features FSK 400 500 General Information FSK 400 500 is a chinese multi tone modem User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 147 oo go2MONITOR Usage Data communication over HF Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation MFSK Number of tones 4 Tone spacing Hz 400 500 Bandwidth Hz 500 600 Symbol rate Bd 100 Table 141 FSK 400 500 Characteristics 15 05 49 000 15 05 49 500 15 05 50 000 15 05 50 500 15 05 51 000 4 r
242. s x86 wWIBUKEY Browse Figure 7 Select Installation Folder Specify the target directory for the WibuKey tools and click on lt Next gt If the folder does not exist the fol lowing message is displayed The specified folder does not exist Should Setup create the folder Ce e Figure 8 Create New Folder for WibuKey Installation Accept to create the required folder with lt Yes gt 8 e Setup User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Select the WibuKey components you like to install JT Install as NT service with autostart JT WkNet Network Server for Novell Netware Iw WkLAN WkNet Network Monitor 32 bit F WkNet Network Monitor 16 bit I Additional WibuKey Tools Once you have selected the components you wish to install press the Next button to complete the installation lt Back Cancel Figure 9 Select WibuKey Components Click on lt Next gt to continue the installation Z i WibuKey Setup If you press Next the following tasks will be performed Operating system Windows 7 a Source path C Users haenggi 4ppDatasLocal T emp w2ZSE1 Selected languages English The following components will be installed WibuKey driver files WibuKey COM control WIBU SYSTEMS Win64 x64 variant Shell Extension WibuKey network server WibuKey tools Cancel Figure 10 WibuKey Installation Tasks Accept the installation tasks with a click on lt Next gt Use
243. stics 0 0ccccccceccecccceeeescececccseeaeeeeesecesesuseaueesaeeeseeeaueueeseeeeeesaeanees 170 PACTOR II FEC Demodulator Settings ccccccccececseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaeeseeeeesaeessaeeeeneeee 170 PACTOR II FEC Features 171 PACTOR III Characteristics 0 0 ccccccccecececcecceceeeeeececeeseeaeeeeeueceeseuseaueesaeeeseeeanauseeeeesesaeanees 171 PACTOR IIl Demodulator Settings cccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeecaaeeseaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeee 172 PACTOR III Features 172 Piccolo MK6 Characteristics 0 ccccccecceccccceceeeeeececeesceaeeeeeueceeeeeseaueeseceeeeeeuauaaeeseeeesesaeanees 172 Piccolo MK6 Demodulator Settings cccccceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeesseaeeseneeeas 173 Piccolo MKO Feat S animenin annn aaa oaia naa a E 173 Piccolo MK12 Characteristics 0 0 cccccccccceccecccceeeeeeececeesceaeeeeeueceseeueeaueeseceeeseseauaueeseeeeeeeaeanees 174 Piccolo MK12 Demodulator Settings cccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeessaeeeeneeeea 175 Piccolo MA 12 Feature S ainiin EEN EES 175 POL ARQ Characteristics 00cccccccccccccceccceccecesceeeeeeeceseeseuaeeeeesecseeeuseaaeesseseesesuauaaeaeeeeseeaeanees 175 POL ARQ Demodulator Settings ccccccceseeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeseaeeseneeesiaeeesaeeeeneeee 176 POLZARG Re EE 176 DGki0oCharaclerisilcs cess eececcesceceeeeeeeseceeueuauaeeeseceeseueeauees
244. t Channel 3 to this frequency Set Channel 4 to this frequency 1021 54 142 Figure 33 Spectrogram Settings Context Menu 32 e Main Screen User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2MONITOR The following settings are possible with the context menu Context Menu Sub Menu Description Cursor X Cursor Displays the amplitude cursors Y Cursor Displays the frequency cursors The number of cursors is defined in the Spectrogram settings Z Cursor Displays the time cursors The number of cursors is defined in the Spec trogram settings 2 Cursor mode Two cursors are displayed Harmonic All harmonic cursors will be displayed according the number of cursors specified in the Spectrogram settings Mirrored All harmonic cursors will be displayed according the number of cursors specified in the Spectrogram settings on the left and right side of a center cursor Centered Zoom Range Max frequency The maximum frequency range will be displayed in the spectrum view range Max time range Max time and frequency range Zoom in When selecting Zoom in the selected frequency will be the new center frequency with the half bandwidth If the total bandwidth of the spectrum or spectrogram is 100 kHz the result window will have a bandwidth of 50 kHz A zoom out can only be done with the setting window Zoom out This menu item will reverse on Zoom in step Immediate mouse zoom Mouse measure
245. tandard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR MPT1327 General Information MPT1327 is a Signaling Standard for Trunked Private Land Line Mobile Radio Systems issued by the British Radiocommunication Agency Usage Mobile voice and data communication Mode Properties Modulation FFSK Number of channels 1 1024 Bandwidth Hz 12500 Symbol rate Bd 1200 Coding CRC Table 285 MPT1327 Characteristics 15 09 10 500 15 09 11 000 15 09 11 500 15 09 12 000 15 09 12 500 d m r 00 0000000 dBF5 0 50 100 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 Hz Figure 165 MPT1327 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator G MSK Type MSK Symbol rate Bd 1200 SR tolerance Bd 5 Min burst length s 0 010 Max burst length s 60 000 Min pause length s 0 010 VER file name Mpt1327_1200bd_msk ver User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders VHF UHF e 215 W go2MONITOR Table 286 MPT1327 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is 1500 Hz above the low end of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 287 MPT1327 Features Restriction This decoder processes data on the TSC Trunking System Cont
246. te Baud 50 75 100 150 Alphabet ITA2 ITA5 Table 358 STANAG 5065 Characteristics 13 48 29 500 13 48 30 000 13 48 30 500 13 48 31 000 13 48 31 500 D 00 0000000 d6F5 0 50 100 250 2235 200 175 150 125 100 75 50 235 0 2 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Hz Figure 196 STANAG 5065 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Baud 75 SR tolerance Baud 5 Modulation order 2 Shift Hz 85 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 100 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 VER file name stanag_5065_fsk ver Table 359 STANAG 5065 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 255 go2MONITOR Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes 256 e Premium Decoders Table 360 STANAG 5065 Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR Appendix License terms THIS SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA IS A LEGAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN PLATH AG AND THE END USER OF THE INCLUDED SOFTWARE AND SOURCE FILES TOGETHER THE SOFTWARE YOU MUST READ THIS EULA CAREFULLY AND ACCEPT ALL THE
247. te Bd 150 Character 1 Start 8 Data 2 Stop Bit Table 67 ASCII 8 Bit Characteristics User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 111 D go2 MONITOR 15 04 39 500 15 04 40 000 15 04 40 500 15 04 41 000 15 04 41 500 00 0000000 dBF5 0 50 100 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 D 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 Hz Figure 92 ASCII 8 Bit Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 180 SR tolerance Bd 90 Shift Hz 500 Shift tolerance Hz 10 Modem type Synchronous VER file name ascii_8bit_180bd_500hz ver Table 68 ASCII 8 Bit Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 69 ASCII 8 Bit Features 112 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR AUTOSPEC General Information Autospec is a synchronous FEC system This system was used by British coastal station for communica tion to oil rigs Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 270 Symbol rate Bd 68 5 Alphabet ITA 2 Table 70 AUTOSPEC Characteristics 15 05 18 000 15 05 18 500 15 05 19 000 15 05 19 500 15 05 20 000 KALME
248. the software and should never be edited It is copied to the user directory during the first program start or if the file is is missing It can be used to restore the original state in the user directory if needed Configuration The StreamInputs conf file used by the application is located in the user directory of the current go2MONITOR installation i e 16 e Setup User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR c Documents and Settings lt your user name gt go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR or c Users lt your user name gt go2SIGNALS go2MONITOR The configuration is stored in a XML file It can be edited with a text editor but be carefull as the correct XML syntax must be kept Again we strongly recommend an XML editor since these editors apply syntax highlighting and checking This configuration file can be edited to add new sources or to change parameters like IP address port etc After making changes in the configuration file restart go2MONITOR to apply the new settings The sample configuration file contains several examples for stream input from other applications lt xml version 1 0 encoding utf 8 gt lt configuration gt lt appSettings gt lt Signal lt add lt add lt add lt add lt Signa lt Signal lt add lt add lt add lt add lt Signal nput_0 gt key Type value STREAM gt key IP value 127 0 0 1 gt key Port value 44001 gt key DisplayName value go2DECODE DANA stre
249. tings Tuning The tuning frequency is 240 Hz below the center peak Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 257 CTCSS Features DMR General Information Digital Mobile Radio DMR is a digital modem with 12 5 kHz channel spacing and TDMA based protocol described in the ETSI technical standards TS 102 398 General Design TS 102 361 Part 1 DMR Air Interface Al protocol Part 2 DMR voice and generic services and facilities Part 3 DMR Data protocol Part 4 DMR trunking protocol TS 102 362 Conformance Testing Usage Category 1 Individuals and industries with low requirements small scale applications Category 2 Industries with high demands on business critical large scale communication Mode Properties Parameter Value Duplex method FDD or TDD Modulation FSK 202 e Standard Decoders VHF UHF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Parameter Value Number of tones 4 Tone spacing Hz 1296 Symbol rate Bd 4800 Table 258 DMR Characteristics Figure 156 DMR Spectrogram go2MONITOR Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 3 4 discr Symbol rate Bd 4800 SR tolerance Bd 10 Modulation order 4 Shift Hz 4080 Shift tolerance Hz 0 Modem type Synchronous Min burst length s 0 015 Max burst
250. tion so the available propagation paths are a function of the time of the day UO IO data are signals represented in the complex plane by their Inphase and Quadrature parts While the sole amplitude information of a signal is ambiguous regarding the phase the combination of and Q data identifies the phase positively The magnitude of an UO signal is the square root of d EE the phase is arcsin l plus the quadrant information derived from Q LF Low Frequency 30 500 kHz This is the frequency range for medium range information transfer over radio with low bandwidth Propa gation in this case is restricted to ground waves so the coverage is limited to a few 100 kilometers Modem Modem is an abbreviation for modulator demodulator It characterizes a device which is used to transfer information over radio telephone or fiberglass line The information which is to be sent is adapted to the channel so that it can be retrieived as reliable as possible given the characteristics of the channel RCM Receiver Control Modul receiver exe SLEW Link11 is a NATO standard exchange of for tactical data over radio Single Tone Link Eleven Waveform is a variant with extended data protection by interleaving and convolutional block coding SNR Signal to noise ratio often abbreviated SNR or S N is a measure used in science and engineering that compares the level of a desired signal to the level of background noise It is defined as t
251. tion with other modems modem list yes Table 128 Coquelet 80 Features DGPS General Information DGPS is a radio standard for transmission of corrections to the satellite ranging measurements GPS and GLONASS This radio standard is based on the recommendations of the RTCM Special Committee 104 SC 104 Usage Transmission of differential correction signals Mode Properties Parameter Value Modulation MSK QPSK Symbol rate Baud 100 300 Coding Parity checksum CRC Table 129 DGPS Characteristics 15 06 16 500 15 06 17 000 15 06 17 500 15 06 18 000 15 06 18 500 dBFS 0 50 100 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Hz Figure 113 DGPS Spectrogram 142 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 s go2MONITOR Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator G MSK Type MSK Symbol rate Bd 200 SR tolerance Bd 10 VER file name dgps_200bd_msk ver Table 130 DGPS Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 131 DGPS Features DSC General Information DSC Digital Selective Calling is part of the GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System It provides
252. tnstnnsinsstnssnnnsnnnsrnnsnnnnnnn nnna 139 Coquelet 13 Demodulator Settings ccccccccceeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeseaeeseeeeescaeeeeaeeeenees 140 Coquelet 13 Features 2 0 0 cecccccccceesecseececeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeaeeeeaaeseaaesaeeesaeeeeaaeseeaeesseeesaeseeaaeseenees 140 Coquelet 80 Characterlsttce ese eesn testten retr nstr netr nsttnstnnnsnnsstunstnssnnnstnnsrnnsnnnnn nnt 141 Coquelet 80 Demodulator Settings ccccccceeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeneeseaeeesaaesseneesseeesaeeeeaesennees 141 Coquelet 80 Features 00 ccccceccecesseceeceeceeeeeceaeceeeeeeaeeeceaeeseaaesaeeesaeeseaaeseeaeesseeeesaeseenaeenenees 142 DGPS Characteristics 0 ccccccccccccccccccsceeeeececceeeeceaeeeueseeeeueuaeaeeesaeeeseueeaueeseseeeeeeeauaueeseeeesesaeanees 142 DGPS Demodulator Settings cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeeaaesseaeeseeeeesiaeessaeeseneeee 143 DGPS Features ENNER ENEE 143 DSC HF OCharachertsice nn rinesunnnninnustanntnrnnnnsnennnunnannnnnnnennn nenna 143 DSC HF Demodulator Settings c cccccceeseeceeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeaeceeeeeeaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeeeseaeeesiaeeeeeeeee 144 PIS GF AU CS EE 144 DUP ARQ Charachertetce nn nnnnserenuiiriurusuttnkiniustann tutunan unnn nn nnan nnan nn annene nna 145 DUP ARQ Demodulator Gettings 146 DUP ARQ Features 146 FEC A Characteristics ccccccccccccccccccceeeeececeeececeueeeeeseseeueuaeaeeeseseeseuseaueesaceeeeeeeauauseeeeeeesaeanees 146 FEC A Demo
253. tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 353 STANAG 4529 Features STANAG 4539 General Information STANAG 4539 is a NATO standard for digital data communication It is equivalent to MIL STD 188 110 A B single mode Usage Transfer of digital information over HF Mode Properties Modulation QPSK 8PSK 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM Bandwidth Hz 3000 Symbol rate Baud 2400 Data rate bit s 3200 4800 6400 8000 9600 Error correction FEC code rate 3 4 Table 354 STANAG 4539 Characteristics Short interleaver 0 12 s Long interleaver 8 64 s 252 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR 08 49 04 500 08 49 05 000 08 49 05 500 08 49 06 000 08 49 06 500 d m E 0 0000000 dBFS 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 D 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Hz Figure 194 STANAG 4539 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator KB PSK Symbol rate Baud 2400 SR tolerance Baud 20 Modulation order 8 Version A Min burst length s 0 100 Max burst length s 1 000 Min pause length s 0 100 VER file name stanag4539 ver Table 355 STANAG 4539 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is 1800 Hz
254. tween itself and another HF radio station or network of stations The purpose is to provide a reliable rapid method of calling and connecting during constantly changing HF ionospheric propagation reception interference and shared spectrum use of busy or congested HF channels ARQ The Automatic Repeat reQuest protocol ARQ is a method to increase the reliability of data transfer The data to transfer is split into smaller packets each packet is extended by a packet number and a check sum On the receiving side a checksum is generated on the received data part of the packet and com pared to the checksum that was sent If they do not concur the receiving station sends a message to the originator of the message reporting which packet failed This message prompts the originator to send the indicated packet another time ASCII The American Standard Code for Information Interchange commonly known as ASCII is a character encoding scheme originally based on the English alphabet ASCII codes represent text in computers communications equipment and other devices that use text ASCII evolved from telegraphic codes Its first commercial use was as a seven bit code for teleprinting promoted by Bell data services ASCII includes definitions for 128 characters 33 are non printing control characters many now obsolete for formatting and 95 printable characters both upper and lower case Signals consist of 1 start bit 7 or 8 data bits 1 or 2 stop b
255. ud 44 44 No of channels 39 Channel distance Hz 56 250 User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 243 W go2MONITOR Parameter Default Constellation DPSK 4B Min burst length s 0 200 Max burst length s 0 000 Min pause length s 0 050 Min burst SNR dB 0 VER file name mil188 110_ 39tone ver Table 337 MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal s frequency range Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 338 MIL STD 188 110B 39Tone Features STANAG 4197 General Information STANAG 4197 is a mode for the exchange of voice data which are coded according to the LPC10 Linear Predictive Coding standard over a radio channel in a robust way Usage Military voice communication over HF Mode Properties Modulation QPSK Tones 39 Shift Hz 56 25 Bandwidth Hz 2300 Symbol rate Baud 2400 Data rate bit s 44 44 Error correction FEC Table 339 STANAG 4197 Characteristics 244 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR 16 56 32 000 16 56 32 500 16 56 33 000 16 56 33 500 16 56 34 000 d6F5 2000 1750 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 o 250 500 750 1000 i
256. ulator Settings User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Premium Decoders e 233 s go2MONITOR Parameter Default Demodulator Multitone FSKn Number of tones 8 Tone duration ms 8 TD tolerance ms 0 050 Tone position type Equidistant frequencies Tone distance Hz 250 VER file name ale ver Table 316 ALE 2G Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is midway between channels 4 and 5 Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 317 ALE 2G Features CHN 4plus4 General Information CHN 4 4 is a mode assumedly used by the Chinese military It is based on two groups with a 450 Hz gap of 4 tones with 300 Hz spacing Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation QPSK Tones 2x4 Channel distance Hz 300 450 Bandwidth 3000 Symbol rate Bd 75 per channel Data rate bit s 1200 Table 318 CHN 4plus4 Characteristics 234 e Premium Decoders User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR 08 47 51 000 08 47 51 500 08 47 52 000 08 47 52 500 08 47 53 000 4 w 0 0000000 dBFS 0 50 100 1500 1250 1000 750 500 250 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 Hz Figure 181 CHN 4plus4 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator MPSK 2 4 8 A B Symbo
257. ustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 51 ARQ M2 242 Features 1000 He User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 103 D go2 MONITOR ARQ M2 342 General Information ARQ M2 242 is a synchronous full duplex time division multiplex system designed for low error rate ex change of textual data between two stations of governmental authorities Usage Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Parameter VELG Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 400 Bandwidth Hz 600 800 Symbol rate Bd 96 200 Alphabet ITA 3 Table 52 ARQ M2 342 Characteristics 15 05 27 500 15 05 28 000 15 05 28 500 15 05 29 000 15 05 29 500 D d6F5 a 50 100 m 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 87 ARQ M2 342 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 96 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 400 Shift tolerance Hz 30 Modem type Synchronous VER file name arq_m2_342_96bd_400hz ver Table 53 ARQ M2 342 Demodulator Settings 104 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 W go2MONITOR Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 54 ARQ M2
258. varies the ratio Main functions can be called from the menu bar at the top of the window Button Description H Frequency This button will display frequency cursors for spectrum and spectrogram The number of cur sors and type is dependent on the setting in the spectrogram settings tE Time This button will display two time cursors in the spectrogram window ht Amplitude This button will display two amplitude cursors in the spectrum window PP Zoom When selecting the Zoom button the mouse cursor will change to a magnifier glass You can move the magnifier to an interesting signal and click again The selected frequency will be the new center frequency with the half bandwidth If the total bandwidth of the spectrum or spectro gram is 100 kHz the result window will have a bandwidth of 50 kHz A zoom out can only be done with the setting window J Magnifier You can select a rectangle area of the spectrogram and press the Magnifier button The select SE ed area will be displayed in a new window HH Pause This button will pause the playback of the file t Autorange With this button the software will determine the best amplitude range for the spectrum and spectrogram User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Main Screen e 31 Ka go2MONITOR Button Description Yu Settings This button will open the settings window for the spectrum and spectrogram dp Add channel This button will start a channel and add it to th
259. ver Table 211 PSK31 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Feature Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 212 PSK31 Features RUM FEC General Information RUM FEC is a duplex FEC system used by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Romania Usage 180 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR Transfer of textual information over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 400 Symbol rate Bd 164 5 Coding Interleaving FEC Alphabet RUM FEC Table 213 RUM FEC Characteristics 15 07 16 000 15 07 16 500 15 07 17 000 15 07 17 500 15 07 18 000 dBFS Figure 141 RUM FEC Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 165 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 400 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Synchronous VER file name rum fec_165bd ver Table 214 RUM FEC Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 181 D e go2MONITOR Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 215 RUM FEC Features SI ARQ Ge
260. ver HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 2 Shift Hz 170 400 Bandwidth Hz 350 800 Symbol rate Bd 100 Error correction FEC Alphabet ITA 2 Table 225 SITOR B Characteristics 186 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 D go2 MONITOR 15 07 29 000 15 07 29 500 15 07 30 000 15 07 30 500 15 07 31 000 d6F5 T A T j Sa ET my 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 D 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Hz Figure 145 SITOR B Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator FSK 2 matched Symbol rate Bd 100 SR tolerance Bd 5 Shift Hz 400 Shift tolerance Hz 20 Modem type Synchronous VER file name sitor b_100bd_400hz ver Table 226 SITOR B Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment yes Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 227 SITOR B Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 187 go2MONITOR SP14 General Information This standard is a system with 14 tones where only 13 tones are used The carrier is AM modulated with a secondary MFSK modulation for the data SP 14 is equivalent to NUM 13 Usage Transmission of numeric codes Mode Properties 15 07 14 000 15 07 14 500 15 07 15
261. were developed in the UK for communications between Great Britain and its embas sies and military stations all over the world They are similar to the French Coquelet modes Usage Transfer of textual information mostly encrypted over HF Mode Properties Modulation FSK Number of tones 6 Shift Hz 20 Bandwidth Hz 180 Symbol rate Bd 20 Alphabet ITA 2 Table 195 Piccolo MK6 Characteristics 172 e Standard Decoders HF User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 go2MONITOR 15 06 19 500 15 06 20 000 15 06 20 500 15 06 21 000 15 06 21 500 dBF5 D 50 100 1000 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 Hz Figure 135 Piccolo MK6 Spectrogram Demodulator Settings Parameter Default Demodulator Multitone MFSK Tone duration ms 50 TD tolerance ms 0 1 No of tones 6 Tone position type Equidistant frequencies Tone distance Hz 20 VER file name piccolo_mk6 ver Table 196 Piccolo MK6 Demodulator Settings Tuning The tuning frequency is the center of the signal Status Demodulation yes Recognition yes Decoding yes Automatic Polarity Adjustment no Combination with other modems modem list yes Table 197 Piccolo MK6 Features User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Standard Decoders HF e 173 D go2 MONITOR Piccolo MK12 General Information The Piccolo modes were developed in the UK for communications between Great Britain and its em
262. ymbolrate 50 01 Bd Shift 197 Hz Frequency 10712 07 kHz Bandwidth 586 Hz SNR 26 dB Signal time 25 02 13 12 34 23 10709 10710 0 107105 10711 0 10711 5 i 10712 5 10713 0 10713 5 10714 0 10714 5 fo e ae ear mei kHz E Status Classification Modulation FSK2 Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Channel 2 SCDE BW Plt D center 0748 00 ZA Sep x gt mode Classification RTR re Cor CO Mo Ome Classification result History Modulation Voice 71 Pitch 223 Hz SpeechType use Frequency 10748 61 kHz Bandwidth 1270 Hz SNR 14 dB Signal time 25 02 13 12 34 21 3s ago 10745 5 10746 0 10746 5 10747 0 10747 5 107468 0 107468 5 op 10749 5 10750 0 eet voice ICAO Selcal e e E Status Classification Modulation Voice Modem Unknown Result lt Empty gt Figure 47 Channel Window Delays go2MONITOR provides the option to use a delay between selecting a signal in the main view until it will be displayed in the channel window This delay can be set by the drop down box d Possible delay times are 5s 10s and 15s Clicking on the left part of the icon enables or disables the delay User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Channel Window e 49 we go2 MONITOR Working with Multiple Channels Depending on the license go2MONITOR can display 1 to 8 channels at the same time The following fig ure shows a version with four channels Channel 1 2 mA m oi elt center 10712 0kHz iF dl St el Ei Mode Classificati
263. z ver CIS AT3104 X X CIS 12 Clover II X X clover_ll ver Clover 2000 X X clover_2000 ver Clover 2000 Broadcast X X clover_2000broadcast ver Clover 2500 X X clover_2500 ver Clover 2500 Broadcast X X clover_2500broadcast ver CODAN 3012 Chirp X X codanchirp ver CODAN Selcal X X codan_selcall ver CODAN 3012 16 Chan X X nel PSK CODAN 3212 16 Chan X X codan3212_16channel_psk ver nel PSK CODAN 8580 X X CODAN Selcal CODAN 9001 Chirp X X CODAN 3012 Chirp CROW D 36 X X CIS 36 Coquelet 13 X X coquelet 13_75ms ver Coquelet 8 X X coquelet 8 ver User Manual go2MONITOR 1 2 Specifications e 85 D e go2MONITOR Modem Det Prod Sameas Modem File Coquelet 8 FEC X X Coquelet 80 Coquelet 80 X X coquelet 80 ver Coquelet 100 X X Alcatel 801H Coquelet Mk1 X X Coquelet13 CW Morse X X Morse DGPS X X dgps_200bd_msk ver DSC HF X X dsc hf ver DUP ARQ X X dup arq_125bd_170hz ver FEC A X X fec a_145bd_850hz ver FEC12 X X Visel FEC 100 X X FEC A FIRE X X CIS 12 Frost X X CIS 81 81 FROST1 X X CIS 405 3915 FSK 400 500 X fsk_400_500 ver F7B Morse Baudot X X F7B Morse X X f7b_baudot_morse ver Globe Wireless FSK X X gw_fsk_100bd_200hz ver Globe Wireless PSK X X gw_psk_200bd_psk4 ver Globe Wireless Pactor X X Globe Wireless FSK PSK GMDSS X X DSC HF G TOR X X g tor_300bd_180hz ver Golay G TOR GW DATAPLEX X X Globe

User Manual go2MONITOR 1.2 - hik

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents